(精心整理)初一英语完形填空专题练习

合集下载

初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Chinese paper cutting(中国剪纸) is a kind of folk art(民间艺术).People use scissors or knives to cut(1) into different pictures. In the past, these cut﹣outs were used to decorate (2)D so they were also called "window flowers" in Chinese.This art form has a(an)(3)C history.The cut﹣outs were(4)A used as patterns(纸样) for embroideries(刺绣品) in the 6th century. Later, paper cutting became an(5)C form of Chinese fork art.Today, paper cuttings are usually made with colour paper. They(6) used to decorate walls windows,doors,mirrors,lanterns and so on.And these(7)designed artworks can " also be given to each other as (8)D.Paper cuttings show people's best (9).For example,at a wedding there must be piece of (10)A paper cutting with the Chinese character"囍".At a birthday party of a (n)(11)D paper cutting with the Chinese character"寿"are often seen.During the Spring Festival,you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"(12)C.For over a thousand years, Chinese people have created many kinds of paper cutting.This tradition art form is still (13)D to this day.(14)A you like paper cuttings, you can learn to make it. Just need a pair of (15)D.And some paper.It's not difficult but needs a lot of practice.(1)A. cloth B. paper C. cards D. ropes(2)A.walls B. doors C. mirrors D. windows(3)A. interesting B. new C. long D. recorded(4)A. first B. last C. still D. nearly(5)A. meaningful B. popular C. important D. different(6)A./B. are C. were D. can(7)A. careful B. carefully C. careless D. carelessly(8)A. skills B. tools C. wishes D. gifts(9)A. condition B. wishes C. plan D. dreams(10)A. red B. yellow C. blue D. colourful(11)A. active B. healthy C. young D. elderly(12)A. somewhere B. anywhere C. everywhere D. nowhere(13)A. useful B. right C. different D. popular(14)A. If B. As C. Because D. Though(15)A. hands B. gloves C. glasses D. scissors【分析】文章主要介绍了中国的剪纸的起源、发展和流行.【解答】(1)B.名词辨析.A布;C纸;C卡片;D绳子;根据上文Chinese paper cutting(中国剪纸),肯定是把纸剪成不同的图片,故答案是B.(2)D.名容词辨析.A墙;B门;C镜子;D窗户;根据后面window flowers,可知贴在窗户上,故答案是D.(3)C.形容词辨析.A有趣的;B新的;C长的;D有记录的;根据后面embroideries (刺绣品) in the 6th century.可知历史悠久,故答案是C.(4)A.副词辨析.A第一;B最后;C仍然;D几乎;根据后面Later之后,可知开始是做刺绣品的纸样,故答案是A.(5)C.形容词辨析.A有意义的;B流行的;C重要的;D不同的;根据an,可知要用首字母发音是元音音素的单词,只能选C,句意后来,剪纸成为中国民间艺术的一种重要形式.故答案是C.(6)B.动词辨析.根据前面Today可知时态是一般现在时,be used to do sth被用来做某事,主语they后面要用are,故答案是B.(7)B.副词辨析.A认真的;B认真地;C粗心的;D粗心地;根据题干,修饰动词要用副词,应该是这些精心设计的艺术品,故答案是B.(8)D.名词辨析.A技巧;B工具;C愿望;D礼物;根据这些精心设计的艺术品互相赠送,应该是作为礼物来互相赠送,故答案是D.(9)B.名词辨析.A条件;B愿望;C计划;D梦想;根据后面"囍,寿"等,可知展示人们最好的祝愿,故答案是B.(10)A.形容词辨析.A红色;B黄色;C蓝色;D五颜六色的;根据囍可知是红色的,故答案是A.(11)D.形容词辨析.A活泼的;B健康的;C年轻的;D年纪较大的;根据后面寿,应该是老人,故答案是D.(12)C.代词辨析.A某地;B任何地方;C到处;D无处;根据During the Spring Festival,you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"春节期间,福字到处都能看见,故答案是C.(13)D.形容词辨析.A有用的;B正确的;C不同的;D流行的;根据This tradition art form is still (13)to this day及常识,可知这项传统现在仍然很流行,故答案是D.(14)A.连词辨析.A如果;B作为;C因为;C虽然;根据你喜欢剪纸,你可以学着做,表假设,故答案是A.(15)D.名词辨析.A手;B手套;C眼镜;D剪刀;根据常识,学习剪纸,肯定需要剪刀和纸,故答案是D.2.You know you have to read"between the lines"to get the most out of anything.Marking up is also a useful practice,but you shouldn't(1)D a book which isn't yours.Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them(2)A.If you think it is helpful to mark books,you will have to buy them.There are two ways for you to own a book.The first is to(3)C for it,just as you buy clothes and furniture.But full ownership comes only(4)you have made it a part of yourself,and the best way to make yourself a part of it is by writing in it.There are three kinds of book(5)C.The first has all the best sellers﹣﹣unread and untouched.The second has a great many books﹣a few of them read (6)C,most of them dipped into(随便浏览),but all of them as clean as on the day they were bought.The third has a few dog﹣eared(翻折的)books,which are marked from front to back.Why is marking a book necessary?First,it keeps you awake.In the second place,reading is thinking,and thinking can express itself in (7).The marked book is usually the thought﹣through (经过思考的)book.Finally,(8)D helps you remember the thoughts you had,or the thoughts the writer expressed.If reading is to learn anything more than passing time,it must be active.The book you read for pleasure can be read in a state of relaxation,and nothing is lost.But for a great book,(9)A in ideas,reading must be active.You can't let your eyes move across the lines.You should(10)an" understanding of what you have read.(1)A.buy B.write C.use D.mark(2)A.clean B. fresh C.safe D.beautiful(3)A.stand B.ask C.pay D.search(4)A.before B.when C.unless D.until(5)A.keepers B.sellers C.owners D.publishers (6)A.on B.aloud C.through D.about(7)A.pictures B.words C.music D.acting(8)A.listening B.speaking C.reading D.writing(9)A.rich B.empty C.interesting D.serious(10)A.pay attention to B.come up with C. get ready for D.take care of 【分析】这是一篇说明文,本文讲述的是我们读书过程中的一些重要事情.首先不要在书上做标记,除非那是你自己的.拥有书可以有两个方式一个是买,另一个就是写.书的主人有三种,一种是从来不读也不摸书,第二种是有很多的书,但大部分都像是新买的,第三种是打折的书,从头到尾都做了标记的.为什么做标记很重要?因为它通常代表了这本书的观点,也帮助你记住你当时的思想或作者所表达的思想.【解答】(1)D.动词辨析.A买;B写;C使用;D标记;根据上句Marking up is also a useful practice做标记也是一种有用的做法,后面应该不是你的书,不能做标记,故答案是D.(2)A.形容词辨析.A干净的;B新鲜的;C安全的;D漂亮的;根据Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them借给你书的图书管理员希望你保持书的,应该是整洁,故答案是A.(3)C.动词辨析.A站;B问;C付费;D搜索;根据前面There are two ways for you to own a book拥有书可以有两个方式,一个应该是付费买它,故答案是C.(4)B.连词辨析.A在…之前;B当…时;C除非;D直到;根据But full ownership comes only(4)you have made it a part of yourself只有你将它化为自己的一部分后,你才完全占有了它.应该是when引导的时间状语从句,故答案是B.(5)C.名词辨析.A保管人;B卖者;C主人;D出版商;根据下文描述,可知There are three kinds of book应该是书的主人有三种,故答案是C.(6)C.介词辨析.A在…上;B大声地;C穿过;D关于;根据后面most of them dipped into大部分是随便浏览,前面应该是有几本被通读过,read through通读,故答案是C.(7)B.名词辨析.A照片;B词;C音乐;D表演;演艺业;根据In the second place,reading is thinking,and thinking can express itself in 其次,积极的阅读即是思考,思考需要用文字或话语来诠释,故答案是B.(8)D.动词辨析.A听;B说;C阅读;D写;根据后面helps you remember the thoughts you had,or the thoughts the writer expressed.帮助你记住你的想法,或作家表达的想法,及语境,应该是写(标记)能帮助你完成这些,故答案是D.(9)A.形容词辨析.A富有的;B空的;C有趣的;D严重的;根据But for a great book,(9)in ideas,reading must be active.但对于一本思想丰富的好书来说,阅读必须是积极的.rich in ideas思想丰富,故答案是A.(10)B.动词短语辨析.A注意;B想出;C准备好;D照顾;根据You should(10)an" understanding of what you have read.及语境,应该是你应该想办法理解你所阅读的东西,故答案是B.3.A teacher decided to let her class play a game.The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few(1)in it.Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child(2)C,so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will (3)A on the number of people he/she hates.So when the day came,every child brought some potatoes with the(4)A of the people he/she hated.Some had two potatoes,some three,(5)D some up to five potatoes.The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went (even to the toilet) for one(6).Day after day passed by,and the children started to complain about the unpleasant (7)let out by the rotten(腐烂的) potatoes.Those having five potatoes also had to carry(8)A bags.After one week,the children were (9)C because the game had finally ended.The teacher asked,"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week?" The children started complaining of the (10)D that they had to go through having to carry theheavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game.The teacher said, "This is (11) the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart.The bad smell of hatred will dirty your(12)C and you will carry it with you wherever you go.If you cannot(13)D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week,can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime?"(14)away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime.Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them,and you can see a(15)A world.(1)A.tomatoes B.potatoes C.strawberries D.sandwiches(2)A.doubts B.helps C.hates D.likes(3)A.depend B.live C.sit D.try(4)A.names B.numbers C.words D.smiles(5)A.as B.until C.when D.while(6)A.day B.week C.month D.year(7)A.sound B.smell C.air D.water(8)A.heavier B.lighter C.more D.fewer(9)A.sad B.frightened C.happy D.quiet(10)A.risk B.mess C.headache D.trouble(11)A.maybe B.exactly C.especially D.finally(12)A.nature B.bag C.heart D.knowledge(13)A.smell B.tell C.change D.bear(14)A.Put B.Throw C.Fly D.Blow(15)A.better B.cleaner C.worse D.dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理,不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人,那样太累了,还不如原谅别人.【解答】1.B 考查名词.句意:老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋,里面放一些土豆.tomatoes西红柿;potatoes土豆;strawberries草莓;sandwiches三明治.由后文Each potato will 可知,此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆.故选B.2.C 考查动词.句意:每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字.doubts怀疑;helps帮助;hates讨厌;likes喜欢.由后文the number of people he/she hates可知,此处指的时讨厌的名字.故选C.3.A 考查动词.句意:所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量.depend依赖,取决;live居住,生活;sit坐;try尝试.由语境和句意可知,depend on取决于,依赖于,固定搭配,符合题意.故选A.4.A 考查名词.句意:所以,当这一天到来时,每个孩子都会带来一些土豆,上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字.names名字;numbers数字;words单词;smiles微笑.由前文可知,老师要求学生们再土豆上,写出自己讨厌的人的名字.故选A.5.D 考查连词.句意:有的学生有两个土豆,有的有三个土豆,然而有些学生有多达五个土豆.as因为,作为;until直到;when当……时候;while然而.由句意可知,此处需用while前后表示对比.故选D.6.B 考查名词.句意:然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里,放在他们去的任何地方(甚至厕所)一个星期.day天;week周;month月;year年.由后文After one week可知,此处表示一星期.故选B.7.B 考查名词.句意:日复一日,孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味.sound 声音;smell气味;air空气;water水.由后文let out by the rotten(腐烂的)potatoes.可知,此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味.故选B.8.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子.heavier更重;lighter更轻;more更多;fewer更少.由上文和句意可知,土豆数量越多,袋子的重量越大.故选A.9.C 考查形容词.句意:一周后,孩子们很高兴,因为游戏终于结束了.sad悲伤的;frightened害怕的;happy高兴的;quiet安静的.由后文because the game had finally ended 可知,游戏结构了,所以孩子们开心.故选C.10.D 考查名词.句意:孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦,无论他们去哪里,他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆.risk风险;mess杂乱;headache头疼;trouble麻烦.由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.可知,孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着,所以这给他们带来了麻烦.故选D.11.B 考查副词.句意:这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况.maybe也许;exactly 精确地,确切地;especially尤其;finally最后;由句意可知,此处需用exactly精确地,确切地,表示这种情况与上文一致.故选B.12.C 考查名词.句意:仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心,你会带着它走到任何地方.nature自然,本性;bag包;heart心;knowledge知识.由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知,此处指的是弄脏你的心.故选C.13.D 考查动词.句意:如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道,你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗?" smell闻;tell告诉;change改变;bear忍受.由句意和语境可知,此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道.故选D.14.B 考查动词.句意:把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去,这样你一辈子都不会带着它.Put放;Throw扔掉;Fly飞;Blow吹.由句意可知,作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来,put away放起来,固定搭配,符合题意.故选B.15.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:爱别人,即使你不喜欢他们,你也能看到一个更好的世界.better更好;cleaner更干净;worse更差;dirtier更脏.由句意和语境可知,爱别人,我们能看到一个更好的世界.故选A.4.Wang Bin is a 12﹣year﹣old boy.He likes sports very much and(36)D well in sports.One afternoon,he comes (37)D the classroom and (38)C his father waiting for him at the school gate.He is very(39)and runs to his father."Dad,please don't wait for me after school next time.I can go home by myself(我自己).On their way (40)A,Wang Bin sees some boys skating in a park."Can I go and learn skating,Dad?"asks Wang Bin."I'm(41)A,my boy.You must go home and do your homework,"answers his father,"but I can buy you an ice cream."Then his father buys an ice cream(42)C him.When Wang Bin wants(43)C it,a fly(苍蝇)flies to the ice﹣cream."Drive off(赶走)the fly,"says his father,"it's very dirty(脏)."But Wang Bin(44)A with a smile,"You don't let me skate,but can you let him(45)for a while(一会儿)?"36.A.did B.doing C.do D.does37.A.out B.at C.in D.out of38.A.to see B.see C.sees D.seeing39.A.glad B.sad C.old D.bright40.A.home B.to home C.school D.to school41.A.sorry B.happy C.OK D.good42.A.to B.with C.for D.of43.A.eat B.eating C.to eat D.eats44.A.says B.speaks C.talks D.tells45.A.skating B.skate C.to skate D.skates【分析】略【解答】DDCBA ACCAB5.In a small village,there lived a potter(陶工).He had a donkey.Every day his donkey would(36)C soil from the field to his house.Since the field was quite far away,the potter would rest under a tree midway,(37)D his donkey nearby.One day,the potter forgot to take the (38)with which he tied the donkey every day.When he reached the tree,he thought,"How do I tie this donkey today?He might (39)A if I sleep." The potter decided to lie down(40) the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away.But(41) this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest.A wise saint (圣人),who (42)D to be passing by,saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears.Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was.When he was (43)what the problem was,the wise saint said, "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day.Pretend(假装) to tie him using a(n)(44)A rope.I promise you that he won't run away." The potter did what the saint had said.He left the donkey and went to take a rest.When he woke up,to his surprise,he found thedonkey standing in the(45)C place.Soon the potter prepared to leave for home.(46) the donkey did not move. "What is wrong with this donkey?" shouted the potter in frustration.(47)C,the potter saw the wise saint again.He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's(48)D behavior.The saint said, "You tied up the donkey,but did you untie him?Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey."The potter (49) the saint's advice.Now the donkey was ready to leave for home.The potter understood that donkey was a bonded(被束缚的) donkey.The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey.The donkey is stupid and (50)A are those people who can't get away from old habits.Sometimes,the unseen rope is more confining(束缚的)than the one that can be seen.36.A.take B.buy C.carry D.bring37.A.leading B.training C.feeding D.tying38.A.stick B.rope C.cloth D.silk39.A.run away B.give up C.run out D.turn around40.A.hitting B.holding C.hiding D.helping41.A.by B.in C.on D.with42.A.seemed B.appeared C.meant D.happened43.A.mentioned B.told C.asked D.advised44.A.safe B.soft C.imaginary D.fixed45.A.same B.similar C.special D.wrong46.A.And B.But C.Or D.So47.A.Happily B.Personally C.Luckily D.Unluckily48.A.proper B.funny C.proud D.strange49.A.offered B.followed C.received D.refused50.A.so B.neither C.also D.too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA6.One night,when I was eight,my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget."Sweetie,my(16) wants to offer me a more important job because of my goodwork,but needs me to work in Brazil.This is like your teacher telling that you've done (17)C and allowing you to skip a grade(跳级),but you'll have to(18)A your friends.Would you say yes to your teacher?"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it.I was puzzled.Though I said"yes",the question kept me (19)C for the rest of the night.I realized the(20)D decisions adults had to make.For almost four years,my mother would call us from Brazil every day.Every evening I'd (21)A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day.A phone call,however,could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel (22)D sometimes.During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday,we flew to Rio to visit her.Looking at her large (23)C flat,I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself.It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on (24)family and work.(25)C difficult decisions,she used to tell me,you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice,but you could always do the best out of the situation.When I returned home,I(26)D myself that what my mother could do,I could,too.If she (27)A to live well in Rio all by herself,I,too,could learn to depend all on myself.I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical (28)D.My mother is now back with us.But I will never forget what the (29) has really taught me.The separation(分离)between us has proved to be a(an)(30)A thing for me.16.A.teacher B.boss C.mother D.friend17.A.little B.much C.well D.wrong18.A.leave B.refuse C.contact D.forgive19.A.explaining B.sleeping C.wondering D.regretting20.A.poor B.rapid C.final D.hard21.A.hopefully B.politely C.nervously D.curiously22.A.satisfied B.happy C.relaxed D.lonely23.A.comfortable B.expensive C.empty D.modern24.A.providing B.balancing C.comparing D.mixing25.A.Disappointed at B.Compared with C.Faced with D.Satisfied with 26.A.enjoyed B.expressed C.warned D.reminded27.A.managed B.offered C.promised D.expected28.A.plans B.efforts C.prizes D.dreams29.A.question B.experience C.history D.chance30.A.wonderful B.terrible C.difficult D.unpleasant.【分析】这是一篇记叙文,作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后,他学会了自立,并且理解了妈妈的做法,这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历.【解答】16.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,teacher老师,boss老板,上司,mother妈妈,friend朋友,结合句意可知:"亲爱的,由于我工作出色,我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作,但需要我在巴西工作."故选:B.17.答案:C.考查副词及语境的理解,little小的,少,much多,well好,wrong错误的,根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好,故选:C.18.答案:A.考查动词及语境的理解,句子中but表示转折关系,根据"老师告诉你做得好,允许你跳级.",下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友."故选:A.19.答案:C 考查动词及语境的理解,explaining解释,sleeping睡觉,wondering想知道,疑惑,regretting懊悔,句子中"I was puzzled."妈妈的问题让我困惑了,下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜."故选:C.20.答案:D.考查形容词及语境的理解,poor可怜的,穷的,rapid快速的,final最后的,hard难的,努力地.根据语境可知:作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑,我很难入睡,意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定,故选:D.21.答案:A 考查副词及语境的理解,hopefully怀着希望地,politely客气地,nervously紧张地,curiously好奇地,根据语境可知:四年来,妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我.可以推断出:作者很期待妈妈的电话,告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节.故选:A.22.答案:D 考查形容词及语境的理解,satisfied满意的,happy高兴的,relaxed轻松的,lonely孤独的,根据上句"然而,一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里,"下句应该是:"有时不感到孤独是困难的."故选:D.23.答案:C考查形容词及语境的理解,comfortable舒服的,expensive昂贵的,empty空的,modern现代的.根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里,我们乘飞机去里约看望她,看着她那空荡荡的大公寓,我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独.",故选:C.24.答案:B.考查动词及语境的理解,providing提供,balancing平衡,comparing比较,mixing混乱,根据语境可知:就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择.故选:B.25.答案:C.考查固定短语的理解,disappointed at对…感到失望,compared with与…作比较,faced with面临,satisfied with对…感到满意,由上文可知:"就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择."下文应该是"面对艰难的决定,她曾告诉我,你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择,但你总能从中得到最好的结果."故选:C.26.答案:D.考查动词及语境的理解,enjoyed喜欢,expressed表达,warned 警告,reminded提醒,根据语境可知:"当我回到家时,我提醒自己,我的母亲所能做的,我可以."故选:D.27.答案:A 考查动词及语境的理解,managed设法,offered提供,promised承诺,expected期望,根据语境可知:"如果她在里约生活得很好了,我也可以学会全部靠我自己."故选:A.28.答案:D.考查名词及语境的理解,plans计划,efforts努力,prizes奖,dreams梦想,这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己,实现大而有用的梦想",故选:D.29.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,question问题,experience经历,经验,history历史,chance机会,根据语境可知:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,故选:B30.答案:A.考查形容词及语境的理解,wonderful极好的,terrible可怕的,difficult困难的,unpleasant不愉快的,根据上文可以知道:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,我从中学到很多东西.由此可知,这对我来说是一件好事情.故选:A.7.Food is important.Everyone needs to (1)D well if he or she wants to have a strong body.Our minds also need a kind of food.This kind of food is (2)C.We begin to get knowledge even when we are young.Small children are(3)A in everything around them.They learn(4)D while they are watching and listening.When they are getting older,they begin to(5)D science books,storybooks and anything else they like.When they find something new,they have to ask questions and (6)A to find out the answers. What is the best (7)C to get knowledge?If we learn (8)D ourselves,we will get the most knowledge.If we are (9)getting answers from others and don't ask why,we will never learn more and understand (10)D.So we should believe in the saying that is never too old to learn.(1)A.sleep B.read C.drink D.eat(2)A.sport B.exercise C.knowledge D.meat(3)A.interested B.interesting C.weak D.good(4)A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything(5)A.lend B.write C.learn D.read(6)A.try B.have C.think D.wait(7)A.place B.school C.way D.road(8)A.on B.with C.to D.by(9)A.seldom B.always C.never D.sometimes(10)A.harder B.much C.well D.better【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样,我们的大脑也需要营养,那就是不断地学习知识.人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同,但是最好的学习方式是自学,这样可以保证你学到最多的知识.【解答】(1)D句意:如果想要拥有健壮的身体,每个人都需要吃好.根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体,每个人必须吃好.eat意为"吃",符合句意.故选D.(2)C句意:这种食物是知识.根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young."可推出大脑需要的事物是知识.knowledge意为"知识",符合句意.故选C.(3)A句意:小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣.根据下文"When they find something new,they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers."可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣".be interested in是固定搭配,意为"对……感兴趣",符合句意.故选A.(4)D句意:当他们看和听得时候,他们学习任何东西.根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知当儿童感知周围事物的时候,可以学习任何东西.anything意为"任何东西",符合句意.故选D.(5)D句意:当他们长大些,它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍.根据空后"science books,storybooks"可知此处是说读书.read意为"读",符合句意.故选D.(6)A句意:当他们找到一些新事物,他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案.根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案,"try to do sth."是固定搭配,意为"尝试做某事".故选A.(7)C句意:获取知识的最好方法是什么?根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习,可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法".way意为"方式,方法",符合句意.故选C.(8)D句意:如何我们自学,我们将获得最多知识.根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself,是固定搭配,意为"自学".故选D.(9)B句意:如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么,……根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth.,是固定搭配,意为"总是做某事".故选B.(10)D句意:……,我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好.根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级.better意为"更好",符合句意.故选D.8.Man began to make use of fire long long ago.Fire is useful in many ways,but sometimes it is dangerous.If you are not(1)A with it,it can burn things or(2)A hurt you.A big fire can (3)C forests and tall buildings.Sometimes a piece of (4)D paper can cause a big fire.So please remember(5) in the dry places like woods and forests (6)throw a cigarette end on the grass and it's also important for you to put the candles in the (7)D place.When you use candles at home,you should(8)C your long hair away from the fire.But if there is a(9)C in our building,what should we do with it?Pour some water (10)C your clothes.What's more,put a (11)D towel (毛巾) over your mouth and your nose to keep the (12) out.You'd better run away from the fire as(13 as you can.But you mustn't rush!Or you may fall over and hurt yourself or others.Of course you should also call 119.On the phone you should clearly tell the firemen (14 A the fire is to help them get there without difficulty.By the way,Do not(15)D out of the window.Jumping may be more dangerous than the fire.Keep ourselves away from fire and safety is above all!(1)A.careful B.happy C.pleased D.strict(2)A.even B still C.also D.always(3)A.wash B.blow C.burn D.hit(4)A.black B.white C.thick D.thin(5)A.not to swim B.not to smoke C.don't swim D.don't smoke(6)A.and B.or C.and not D.or not(7)A.quiet B.noisy C.wrong D.right(8)A.make B.put C.keep D.take(9)A.forest B.piece of paper C.fire D.an area ofgrassland (10)A.above B.below C.over D.under(11)A.dry B.big C.small D.wet(12)A.air B.smoke C.water D.fire(13)A.slowly B.quickly C.happily D.early(14)A.where B.when C.what D.how(15)A.run B.rush C.get D.jump【分析】本文是讲述了在森林和家中如何避免火灾的发生;当火灾发生时,应如何采取正确的措施进行自救.【解答】(1)A 形容词辨析.careful "仔细的,小心的",happy"高兴的",pleased "高兴的",strict"严格的".根据下文中的 it can burn things 可知,应该是不小心,not careful.所以本题选A.(2)A 副词辨析.A甚至;B仍然;C也;D总是;根据意思,本句应该是较前面更进一步,故用even"甚至".本句的意思是"它能烧掉物品甚至伤到你."所以本题选A.(3)C 动词辨析.根据题干,本句的意思是"一场大火会烧掉森林和高楼."故用burn.Wash"洗",blow"吹",hit"打击"都不符合题意.所以本题选C.(4)D 形容词辨析.根据题干,本句的意思是"有时一张薄纸就能引起一场火灾.""薄的"是thin;而black"黑色的",white"白色的"和thick"厚的"都不符合题意.所以本题选D.(5)B 动词辨析.根据in the dry places like woods and forests 可知,不应该是游泳,故排除AC;根据remember not to do的用法,故排除D.所以本题选B.(6)B 连词辨析.根据上下句的关系,本空后面的内容也应该是记住不能做的,因为前面已经有not了,故本空只需填or.所以本题选B.(7)D 形容词辨析.A安静的;B嘈杂的;C错的;D正确的;根据题干,本句的意思应是"在一个正确的地方用蜡烛也是很重要的."故用right.所以本题选D.(8)C 动词辨析.A使;B放;C保持;D拿;keep away from是"远离"是固定短语.本句的意思是"你应该将你的长发远离火."所以本题选C.(9)C 名词辨析.A森林;B一张纸;C火;D一片草地;根据下文采取的措施可知,本处应该是火灾即fire.本句的意思是"但是如果我们的楼中有火灾".所以本题选C.(10)C 介词辨析.A在…上方;B在…下方;C在…上方;D在…下;根据题干,本句的意思是"将水倒到你的衣服上",故选A、C;over是指正上方,而above只是指上方.所以本题选C.(11)D 形容词辨析.A干的;B大的;C小的;D湿的;根据常识可知,应该是用湿毛巾捂住嘴和鼻子,"湿的"是wet.所以本题选D.(12)B 名词辨析.A空气;B烟;C水;D火;根据上文,将嘴和鼻子捂住的目的就是为。

(精编)初一英语完形填空专项练习含答案解析(50篇)

(精编)初一英语完形填空专项练习含答案解析(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Today,I felt unhappy with my head full of problems,so I decided to take a walk even though I didn't know where I would go.The most(1)C thing happened when I was walking along the street.I saw an old man,over seventy years old,sitting on a chair.He was a seller of secondhand shoes.He seemed so helpless and nobody was(2) his shoes.Then,a little girl came towards him.I heard the girl say in a(3)A voice,"Grandfather,may I clean your shoes?"That old man(4)A and passed her a shoe.The girl said,"I do this(5)D I want to earn some money to buy my brother a new school (6)C."I heard this and tears came to my eyes.To my(7),the old man said,"Oh,little girl,just stop doing this.Come with me and I will buy one(8)A you."To see what would happen,I(9)D.They walked to a(10) and there the old man(11)A gave her a uniform,which must have cost him a lot.The girl was(12)D and said,"Thank you so much for doing this.May God bless you."Then she left,leaving the old man (13)C.As the old man decided to leave,I stopped him and whispered in his ear,"You are really a great hero!Thank you for your(14)!"My own sadness had disappeared.It had been (15)A by the light of this moving act.I began to realize that a little act can brighten up someone's day.(1)A.strange B.unlucky C.amazing D.interesting(2)A.cleaning B.buying C.finding D.taking(3)A.polite B.angry C.high D.funny(4)A.agreed B.sold C.began D.sat(5)A.if B.unless C.though D.because(6)A.shoe B.bag C.uniform D.shirt(7)A.sadness B.surprise C.happiness D.excitement(8)A.for B.to C.with D.at(9)A.left B.stayed C.guessed D.followed(10)A.restaurant B.shop C.museum D.sitting﹣room (11)A.really B.suddenly C.slowly D.nearly(12)A.relaxed B.humorous C.tired D.excited(13)A.crying B.shouting C.smiling D.walking(14)A.money B.kindness C.support D.suggestion(15)A.driven away B.turned down C.talked about D.used up【分析】作者通过他经历的一件事告诉人们应该学会感激,应该学会与他人分享自己所拥有的.【解答】(1)C 考查形容词辨析.A奇怪的;B不幸的;C令人惊奇的;D有趣的;根据下文一个卖二手鞋的老头,竟然花很多钱,给一个不相识的女孩买了套制服,可知,这里The most(1)thing happened 应该是最令人惊奇的事发生了,故答案是C.(2)B 考查动词辨析.A打扫;B买;C发现;D拿;根据前面卖鞋,这里He seemed so helpless and nobody was(2)his shoes看起来很无助,应该是没有人买他的鞋,故答案是B.(3)A 考查形容词辨析.A礼貌的;B生气的;C高的;D有趣的;根据下句Grandfather,may I clean your shoes?我能擦你的鞋吗?应该是礼貌的说,故答案是A.(4)A 考查动词辨析.A同意;B卖;C开始;D坐;根据下句passed her a shoe递给了一只鞋,应该是同意了,故答案是A.(5)D 考查连词辨析.A如果;B除非;C通过;D因为;根据I do this(5)I want to earn some money to buy my brother a new school 我做这个,后面说为我哥哥买制服,因果关系,故答案是D.(6)C 考查名词辨析.A鞋;B包;C制服;D衬衫;根据下文gave her a uniform可知是制服,故答案是C.(7)B 考查名词辨析.A伤心;B惊讶;C幸福;D兴奋;根据下句Come with me and I will buy one(8)you,我给你买一套,应该是令我很惊奇,故答案是B.(8)A 考查介词辨析.A为…;B到…;C和…;D在…根据Come with me and I will buy one(8)you为你买一套用for,故答案是A.(9)D 考查动词辨析.A离开;B呆;C猜;D跟随;根据To see what would happen,为了看看将发生什么,我应该是跟着了,故答案是D.(10)B 考查名词辨析.A饭店;B商店;C博物馆;D客厅;根据上文说给她买制服,应该是去了商店,故答案是B.(11)A 考查副词辨析.A真地;B突然;C慢地;D近;根据there the old man(11)gave her a uniform,应该是真地给了她套制服,故答案是A.(12)D 考查形容词辨析.A放松的;B幽默的;C累的;D兴奋的;根据前面为她买了套制服,这里The girl was肯定非常兴奋,故答案是D.(13)C 考查动词辨析.A哭;B喊;C微笑;D走;根据Then she left,leaving the old man她走了,及下文As the old man decided to leave当老人决定离开时,留下老人,应该在那儿微笑,故答案是C.(14)B 考查名词辨析.A钱;B仁慈;C劫持D建议;根据Thank you for your感谢你(老人)的,应该是仁慈,故答案是B.(15)A 考查短语辨析.A驱走;B拒绝,关小;C谈论;D使用过的;根据My own sadness had disappeared.It had been(15)by the light of this moving act我自己的悲伤消失了.它应该是被这动人的一幕感动了.故答案是A.2.Dear Dad,Happy birthday to you! (36)D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way. I am not good at (37)C you my feelings face to face, so I'm writing to show my deep (38) for you.You are not rich or famous. But in my heart, you are one of the greatest (39) in the world.I' m proud(骄傲)of you.You are (40)A interested in fame or wealth(名利).But you often (41)Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork. You work(42) as a manager in your company(公司).The smile on your face shows you are (43)A with our family. You take good care of my grandparents.You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays.Now I am sorry to say I didn't (44)D you my love before, but I am thankful for what you have done for me.I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)C now I can let you know how much I love you.Wish you happiness forever!Yours,son 36. A. In B. At C. By D. On37. A. talking B. saying C. telling D. speaking38. A. pleasure B. love C. dream D. advice39. A. mothers B. fathers C. brothers D. sisters40. A. never B. often C. already D. always41.A. give B. make C. drive D. get42. A. quite B. hard C. only D. nearly43. A. happy B. kind C. sad D. angry44. A. bring B. take C. carry D. show45. A. Or B. But C. So D. Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信,大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈,所以要写信表达.大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一.他的爸爸总是努力地工作.他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意.他照顾爷爷奶奶,帮助大卫学习.大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉.为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢.为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴.【解答】36.D 考查介词及语境的理解.A. in 在……里B. at 在……(时间点,地点)C. By直到,通过(方式)D. On在……上面;在某一天;根据后面this special day特殊的一天,具体某一天.故选D.37.C 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.talking谈论B.saying 说(后面是说的话)C.telling告诉D. speaking讲(语言);根据 I am not good at (37)you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法,告诉想法.故选C.38.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A高兴;B爱;C梦想;D建议;根据前面是爸爸的生日,应该是展示我对你的爱,故选择B.39.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A妈妈;B爸爸;C兄弟;D姐妹;根据上文,David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一,可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪.故选B.40.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.never从不B.often经常;C.already已经D.always总是;根据上下文可以判断,David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人,可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人.故选A.41.C 考查动词及语境的理解.A给;B使;C开;D得到;根据后面to school,应该是开车送我去上学,故选择C.42.B 考查副词和语境的理解.A非常,相当;B硬,努力;C仅仅;D几乎,差不多;根据前面work工作,应该是努力工作,故选择B.43.A 考查形容词和语境的理解.A开心;B和蔼;C伤心;D生气;根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上,应该是开心的;故选择A.44.D 考查动词及语境的理解.A带来;B拿;C携带;D展示;you my love before,应该是向你展示我的爱,故选择D.45.C 考查连词及语境的理解.A或者;B但是;C所以;D然后;根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)now I can let you know how much I love you.我很幸运,我有这样一个伟大的父亲.(45)现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你.因果关系,故选择C.3.Mrs Smith is thirty﹣eight.She has two (1)C.She looks very smart with fair and always tries to keep thin.She hopes(2)D young and never eats (3)C meat.She doesn't want others to know how(4)A she is.Mrs Smith works in an office next to her home.It was raining heavily one morning.The head of (5)D office went out to join a meeting.The woman had (6)C to do.So she began to talk with Mr Zhang about her birthday party.Mr Zhang is an old man (7)C glasses.He works in the same office.My family bought me a fresh cake,said the woman.It smelled very (8)A!And I put nineteen candles on it﹣﹣﹣one for a year!Really?asked Mr Zhang.He (9)D very surprised.How did you burn (点着)(10) of the ends (两端) at the same time?(1)A.boy B.girl C.children D.daughter(2)A.kept B.keep C.keeping D.to keep(3)A.some B.many C.any D.a little(4)A.old B.big C.light D.young(5)A.his B.hers C.their D.her(6)A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything(7)A.in B.on C.with D.wears(8)A.delicious B.dark C.terrible D.well(9)A.tasted B.feels C.looks D.looked(10)A.all B.both C.each D.every【分析】本文讲述的是史密斯夫人38岁了,已经有两个孩子,但是她想永葆青春,不愿意别人知道她的年龄.一次在办公室和同事聊天,谈起她的生日聚会,告诉同事蛋糕上有19根蜡烛,但是她的同事实际上知道她的年龄,很吃惊地问她怎么同时点蜡烛的两端.【解答】(1)C.考查名词及语境.句意:她有两个孩子.boy男孩,girl女孩,children 孩子,daughter女儿.根据two可知所接名词应为复数,故选C(2)D.考查动词.句意:她希望保持年轻,从不吃肉.根据hopes,hope to do sth希望做某事,故选D.(3)C.考查代词.句意:她希望保持年轻,从不吃肉.some一些,用于肯定句;many 许多,修饰可数名词;any,一些,用于否定句和疑问句;a little一点,修饰不可数名词.根据never从不,可知为否定句,meat肉,为不可数名词,故选C.(4)A.考查形容词.句意:她不想别人知道她多大了.old老的,big大的,light轻的,young年轻的.根据She hopes to keep young她想保持年轻,可知她不想让别人知道她的年龄,故选A.(5)D.考查代词及语境.句意:她办公室的领导出去开会去了.his他的,hers她的,their她们的,her她的.形容词性物主代词接名词,根据语境,可知说的是Mrs Smith,故选D.(6)C.考查代词及语境.句意:这个女人无事可做.something某事,anything任何事,nothing没有事情,everything每件事情.根据So she began to talk with Mr Zhang about her birthday party.所以她开始与张先生谈论她的生日聚会,可知她无事可做,故选C.(7)C.考查介词.句意:张老生是个戴眼镜的老头.in穿,on在,with戴,wears 穿.根据an old man..glasses,是指戴眼镜的一个老人.with glasses戴眼镜,with表伴随.故选C.(8)A.考查形容词.句意:蛋糕闻起来非常香.delicious美味的,dark黑暗的,terrible 可怕的,well好的.smell闻起来,系动词,后接形容词做表语,根据a fresh cake,可知新鲜的蛋糕是美味的.故选A.(9)D.考查动词及语境.句意:他看,上去很吃惊.tasted尝起来,feels感觉,looks 看上去,looked看上去.根据He…very surprised,可知是指他看上去吃惊,全文为一般过去时,故选D.(10)B.考查形容词.句意:你是怎么同时点燃两端的?all所有的,both两者都,each 每个,every每个.根据语境,可知是再点燃生日蜡烛.生日蜡烛有两个端头,故选B.4.A few years ago,the company I work for sent my wife and me to live in New York for a year.I've always loved running,so I was really(1)C when I found out the apartment they had rented for us was next to Central Park.This meant that I could go to the park to(2)A every morning before I went to work.A lot of people had told me to(3)C robbers (抢劫者) in the park,so usually I didn't take any(4)with me.What could robbers do to me?But one morning,my wife gave me a $10 bill and asked me to buy some bread on the way.(5)D I was running through the park,another jogger (慢跑者)knocked into me.Just as I was(6)what was happening,he said sorry to me and (7)D running.I thought it was kind of(8)A,and suddenly it reminded me of my money,so I checked my pocket and found that the money was(9)C.Without thinking twice I ran after that jogger.The minute I held him by the arm.I(10)D,"Give my money back! Now!"I am not usually a hot﹣headed person,(11)A I got really angry this time.This seemed to frighten (使害怕) him,and he (12)the money and gave it to me.Then he ran away as (13)C as he could.I bought the bread and went home.As soon I got home,I began to tell my wife my (14)A,"You won't believe what happened to me,"I started.She immediately stopped me,"I know,you(15)the money for the bread on the kitchen table."(1)A.free B.proud C.happy D.patient(2)A.run B.chat C.read D.dance(3)A.be mad at B.be strict with C.be careful of D.be afraid of(4)A.drink B.money C.food D.medicine(5)A.Before B.After C.Since D.While(6)A.watching B.wondering C.reporting D.reviewing(7)A.stopped B.forgot C.practiced D.continued(8)A.strange B.scary C.crazy D.dangerous(9)A.safe B.broken C.missing D.remaining(10)A.explained B.laughed C.thought D.shouted(11)A.but B.until C.unless D.although(12)A.used up B.took out C.put down D.gave away(13)A.angrily B.quietly C.quickly D.carefully(14)A.story B.event C.secret D.tour(15)A.got B.left C.took D.brought【分析】这是一篇记叙文。

初一英语完形填空专项练习(30篇)答案

初一英语完形填空专项练习(30篇)答案

初中英语完型填空30篇答案1【分析】这是一篇记叙文,主要介绍作者小时候和父亲的关系总是有点麻烦,但是他们都彼此爱着对方,后来作者需要移植肾脏,父亲毫不犹豫把他的肾脏送给了我.我试着拒绝,但是他不听.我病好后组建了自己的乐队,这也是父亲年轻时遗憾没有做到的事情,这是我送给他的最好的礼物之一.【解答】1.B.考查形容词.A特别的.B不同的.C私人的.D必要的.句意"只是我们过去有__意见".根据第一句My father and I always had a bit of trouble in our relationship我父亲和我在我们的关系中总是有点麻烦.可知,应该是"不同的".选B.2.D.考查名词.A音乐家.B教练.C演员.D梦想家.句意"我爸爸是我认识的最勤奋的人之一,但我是个__.".可知,应该是"梦想家".选D.3.A.考查搭配.give up放弃.give out分发.give off发出.give away赠送.句意"我小时候做过运动,但在进步的时候__了.".可知,应该是"放弃".选A.4.D.考查名词.A说明.B影响.C增加.D兴趣.句意"我对音乐展现出__.".根据上一句 I played sports as a kid,but gave up when I was making progress我小时候做过运动,但在进步的时候放弃了.可知,应该是"兴趣".选D.5.C.考查动词.A期盼.B扔掉.C买.D赞美.句意"当我八岁的时候,父亲兴奋地给我__了一把吉他".可知,应该是"买".选C.6.A.考查动词.A开始.B后悔.C完成.D意思是.句意"在那十年里,我拿起吉他__演奏.".可知,对吉他感兴趣,应该是"开始".选A.7.B.考查名词.A爱好.B学习.C技能.D选择.句意"我父亲认为我应该更多地关注我的__.".根据上一句Then I went to college然后我上了大学.可知,应该是"学习".选B.8.C.考查副词.A类似地.B几乎不.C认真地、严重地.D有害地.句意"有一天我突然病倒了,发现我患了一种___肾病.".可知,应该是"严重地".选C.9.D.考查名词.A同意.B运动.C争论.D治疗.句意"我得接受__,或者接受移植手术.".可知,得了严重的肾病,应该是"治疗".选D.10.A.考查名词.A重量、重担.A缺点.C不相信.D警告.句意"我感觉有一个重__在我的肩膀上".可知,得了病心里有负担,应该是"重担".选A.11.B.考查动词.A提供.B鼓励.C买得起.D经营.句意"但我很幸运,因为我亲爱的父母__我照顾我.".可知,应该是"鼓励".选B.12.A.考查动词.A决定.B表现.C建造.D怀疑.句意"当我试图__如何处理我的生活时".根据9空处I had to accept treatments all my life,or get a transplant我必须接受治疗,或者接受移植手术.可知,应该是"决定".选A.13.B.考查连词.A怎么.B是否.C为什么.D什么.句意"我父亲做了测试,确认他__是给我肾脏的合适人选.".可知,应该是"是否".选B.14.D.考查搭配.A每个.B全部.C许多的.D没人、根本不.句意"但他__听".根据上一句I tried to refuse我试图拒绝.可知,父亲要为作者捐肾脏,应该是"根本不".选D.15.C.考查副词.A几乎.B完全地.C从不.D主要地.句意"他一直想在乐队里演奏,但他年轻时__有机会.".but但是,表示转折,应该是"从未".选C.2【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信,大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈,所以要写信表达.大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一.他的爸爸总是努力地工作.他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意.他照顾爷爷奶奶,帮助大卫学习.大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉.为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢.为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴.【解答】36.D 考查介词及语境的理解.A. in 在……里B. at 在……(时间点,地点)C. By直到,通过(方式)D. On在……上面;在某一天;根据后面this special day特殊的一天,具体某一天.故选D.37.C 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.talking谈论B.saying 说(后面是说的话)C.telling告诉D. speaking讲(语言);根据 I am not good at (37)you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法,告诉想法.故选C.38.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A高兴;B爱;C梦想;D建议;根据前面是爸爸的生日,应该是展示我对你的爱,故选择B.39.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A妈妈;B爸爸;C兄弟;D姐妹;根据上文,David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一,可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪.故选B.40.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.never从不B.often经常;C.already已经D.always总是;根据上下文可以判断,David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人,可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人.故选A.41.C 考查动词及语境的理解.A给;B使;C开;D得到;根据后面to school,应该是开车送我去上学,故选择C.42.B 考查副词和语境的理解.A非常,相当;B硬,努力;C仅仅;D几乎,差不多;根据前面work工作,应该是努力工作,故选择B.43.A 考查形容词和语境的理解.A开心;B和蔼;C伤心;D生气;根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上,应该是开心的;故选择A.44.D 考查动词及语境的理解.A带来;B拿;C携带;D展示;you my love before,应该是向你展示我的爱,故选择D.45.C 考查连词及语境的理解.A或者;B但是;C所以;D然后;根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)now I can let you know how much I love you.我很幸运,我有这样一个伟大的父亲.(45)现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你.因果关系,故选择C.3【分析】本文说的是数字与好运的关系.数字在不同的国家有不用的意义.在中国,有人认为某些数字能给人带来好运,而有人并不这样认为.文章举例说明了这个问题.【解答】(1)A 考查短语.A.good luck 好运B.bad luck坏运气C.help帮助D.hope 希望,根据下文" Take "8" for example,the Chinese pronunciation of the number "8" hasalmost the(2)sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa:]",which means making a fortune"可知,某些人认为数字8能给他们带来"好运",句意:在中国,有些人认为某些数字能给他们带来好运.故选A.(2)B 考查形容词.A.different不同的B.same相同的C.easy容易的D.hard苦难的,根据句中的" has almost the…sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa:]""可知,两个字的发音几乎"相同",句意:以数字8为例,有些人认为它和"发"几乎同音,故选B.(3)B 考查名词.A.time时间B.money钱C.things事情D.jobs工作,根据句中的"spend"和"to get their telephone numbers or car numbers to include this number‘8'"可知,为了购买含有这个数字8的电话号码或汽车号码,就必须花费"金钱",句意:因此很多中国人花费很多金钱购买含有这个数字"8"的电话号码或汽车号码,故选B.(4)C 考查形容词.A.no没有 B.some一些 C.any任一 D.nothing没事,根据题干,可知空格处为定语,修饰介宾(名词)doubt,故填形容词.without any doubt毫不怀疑地.句意:他们毫不怀疑地相信,这个数字会给他们带来钱财,故选C.(5)A 考查连词.A.However然而B.But但是C.Finally最后D.Moreover而且,根据题干,可知是指:然而,另外一些人并不相信数字跟好运有任何关系.本句和上文在意思和语气上有转折关系,表示两种截然不同的观点,故选A.(6)C 考查形容词.A.other其他的,泛指,单数B.the other其他的,特指C.another 另一;再一D.others其他的,泛指,复数,根据句中的"one"可知,两个句子涉及"one…another",意思是"一个……另一个……",句意:数字是一回事,好运是另一回事,故选C.(7)A 考查代词.A.How如何 B.What什么 C.Why为什么 D.When什么时间,根据题干,可知空格处为状语,且表示方式,故用how引导特殊疑问句,句意:仅仅依靠某些幸运数字,你怎么能有好运呢?,故选A.(8)A 考查动词.A.agree同意 B.disagree不同意 C.dislike不喜欢 D.like喜欢,根据句中的"with"可知,本句是agree with句型,表示"同意某人的观点".根据下文" Clearly,lucky numbers are only a kind of superstition"也可验证此处的意思,句意:至于我,我同意后者,故选A.(9)C 考查副词.A.often经常 B.always总是 C.never从不 D.sometimes有时,根据题干,可知空格处为状语,故填副词.根据句中的"at all"可知,空格处为表示否定意义的副词,句意:数字根本不能给人带来好运,并且我们的命运掌握在自己的手中,故选C.(10)C 考查形容词.A.clever聪明的 B.lucky幸运的 C.prepared准备好的D.helpful有帮助的,根据常识可知,本句是一句人人皆知的名言,且空格处表示"有准备的;做好准备的",句意:机会总是属于有准备的人,故选C.4【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 BDADA 41﹣45 ABABD5【分析】题讲述了一个故事,很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来,并一直为未来担忧,一天晚上他独自在村外走路,想到星星预示着世界末日,便陷入沉思不能自拔,然后突然掉到臭水沟里,他尽力想爬出来,但是他做不到,只好呼救,被村里人救出之后,一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情,不要老想一些不着边际的事情,告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下.【解答】(1)A.考查副词及语境理解.A骄傲地;B容易地;C开心地;D幸运地;根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家,故答案为A.(2)D.考查名词及语境理解.A海洋;B太阳;C月亮;D天空;根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,这里应该是凝视天空,故答案为D.(3)B.考查介词及语境理解.A附近;B沿着;C在…上方;D和;根据he was walking 可知一天晚上,他沿着村外的小路散步时,walk along沿着…走;故答案为B.(4)B.考查副词及语境理解.A最后;B突然;C小心地;D几乎不;根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里,应该是突然,故答案为B.(5)A.考查形容词及语境理解.A满的;B充满;C空的;D和蔼的;根据It was(5)of mud (泥) and water.应该是充满了泥和水,be full of充满,故答案为A.(6)C.考查名词及语境理解.A水;B泥;C洞;D路;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬,故答案为C.(7)D.考查名词及语境理解.A如果;B和;C所以;D但是;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)he didn't make it前面说想爬出来,后面说做不到,表转折,故选D.(8)A.考查名词及语境理解.A村民;B朋友;C父母;D邻居;根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了,他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救,故答案为A.(9)B.考查动词及语境理解.A推;B拉;C捡;D携带;根据They(9)him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉,故选B.(10)B.考查动词及语境理解.A款待;B失败,未能;C停止;D希望;根据You pretend to read the future in the stars, and yet you ()to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事,怎么连脚下的路也看不清?故答案为B.(11)B.考查形容词及语境理解.A更少,修饰可数名词;B更多;C更少,修饰不可数名词;D更差;根据This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you.可知希望这件事能够让你清楚,你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情,pay more attention to多加注意,故答案为B.(12)A.考查代词及语境理解.A它自己;B他;C你;D你自己;根据and let the future take care of ()可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧,故答案为A.(13)A.考查连词及语境理解.A为什么;B当…时;C怎样;D哪儿;根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到,故答案为A.(12)B.考查形容及语境理解.A大声的;B大的;C聪明的;D活泼的,根据Take care of the little things first, and the(14)things will take care of themselves,先把小事处理好,后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好,故答案为B.(15)B.考查代词及语境理解.A一些;B没有什么;C所有的;D任何的;根据 The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence.可知占星家应该是什么也没说,默默地回家了,故答案为B.6【分析】本文介绍了我们在日常生活中如如何做才环保.文中给出了几条建议:1.少用,不要浪费东西;2.再利用,尽可能使用的时间长一些;3.回收,改变成别的东西再利用.因此保护环境,我们应该记住这三个字:"少用,再利用,回收".【解答】(1)B.形容词辨析.A乐于助人的;B有害的;C感恩的;D小心的;根据but we produce waste every day and it is (1)to our environment生产的垃圾,对环境肯定有害,故答案是B.(2)C.副词辨析.A甚至;B曾经;C仍然;D只,仅仅;根据Though we are young,we can,(2)do something to help.虽然我们很年轻,应该是仍然能做一些事帮忙,故答案是C.(3)D.动词辨析.根据句意以下是一些让你过上绿色生活的建议.不定式作后置定语,故答案是D.(4)A.动词辨析.A重新使用;B复述;C返回;D更新;根据下文Reuse means "use again".可知还有reuse,故答案是A.(5)B.连词辨析.A在…之后;B在…之前;C如果;D自从;根据we buy something new,think if it is really necessary or maybe the old one will be just as good!应该是在我们买新东西之前,想想是否真的有必要,或者旧的也一样好!故答案是B.(6)C.动词辨析.A卖;B借;C买;D借;根据try not to (6)too many things from abroad.及语境,应该是不要从国外买太多的东西,故答案是C.(7)A.动词辨析.A持续;B浪费;C节省;D变成;根据上句 Use things for as long as possible.尽可能长时间地使用物品.可和这里是我们买东西时要确认他们能很耐用,故答案是A.(8)D.动词辨析.A因为;B满的;C想;D代替;根据we should repair them if we can (8)of throwing them away and buying new ones.如果可以的话,我们应该把它们修好,而不是扔掉买新的,故答案是D.(9)A.形容词辨析.A别的;B老的;C大的;D小的;根据Recycle means "change things into something 再循环是指"把一些东西变成另一些东西",故答案是A.(10)B.形容词辨析.A更差的;B更好的;C更严厉的;D更有趣的;根据上句Although it takes energy to change something into something else,虽然回收处理东西会费能量,但至少比扔了它们或者烧了好.故答案是B.7【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事.这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植.一天,农夫去他哥哥家,他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植,回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落,结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实.【解答】1.D 考查动词句意:有一天,农夫去看望这位兄弟.A.watch观看;B.find 找到;C.teach教;D.visit 拜访.上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁,可知本题答案.根据后句His brother(43)to give him the best apple tree as a gift.The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟,根据go to do sth 去做某事,空格处用动词原形,故选D.2.B 考查形容词短语.句意:对美丽的花园感到惊讶.A.worried about担心;B.surprised at对…感到惊讶;C.tired of 厌烦;D.afraid of 害怕.根据句意,可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶.be surprised at 对…感到惊讶,故选B.43.A 考查动词句意:他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物.A.decided决定;B.supposed猜想;C.hoped 希望;D.asked 问.根据decide to do sth 决定做某事,根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选A.44.C 考查疑问副词句意:农夫把树带回家,开始想把它种在哪里.A.how 怎样;B.when 什么时候;C.where 哪里;D.why 为什么.根据后文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)the fruit.If I plant it on the road,people will see it and take off its(46)."可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里.故选C.45.D 考查动词短语句意:风可能会把水果吹落.A.put off 推迟;B.take off 拿走;C.turn down 调低音量;D.shake down 摇掉.根据句意,可知山上的风比较大,会吹掉树上的果实,句中might是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.46.B 考查名词句意:如果我把它种在路上,人们就会看到它,然后把它取下来.A.tree 树;B.fruit 水果;C.food 食物;D.flower 花.根据前文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)D the fruit.可知人们看到果实,就会把它取下来.故选B.47.A 考查名词句意:小偷不会想到在这里找它的.A.thieves 小偷;B.animals 动物;C.neighbours 邻居;D.children孩子们.根据前文可知,农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的.故选A.48.C 考查副词句意:然而,这棵树两年内既无花也无果.A.Finally 最后;B.firstly 首先;C.However 然而;D.Luckily 不幸的是.按照正常情况,两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果,根据句意,这棵树两年内既无花也无果,所以用however来表示转折,however 位于句首,首字母大写,故选C.49.D 考查副词句意:农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说.A.slowly 慢慢地;B.hardly 几乎不;C.excitedly 兴奋地;D.angrily 生气地.根据前文the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years.和后文,"You have given me a(50)tree.可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道,故选D.50.B 考查形容词句意:你给了我一棵坏树.A.dead 死的;B.bad 坏的,不好的;C.wrong 错误的;D.young 年轻的.根据后文This is the third year and it still grows(51)C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树,故选B.51.C 考查不定代词句意:这是第三年了,它除了叶子什么也不长!A.something 某事;B.anything 任何东西;C.nothing 什么也没有;D.everything 一切.根据句意,可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长.故选C.52.B 考查动词句意:农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方,他笑着说道.A.suggested 建议;B.laughed 大笑;C.left 离开;D.planted 种植.根据句意,农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑.根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选B.53.A 考查名词句意:你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了,既没有阳光也没有温暖.A.sunshine 阳光;B.water 水;C.air 空气;D.earth 地球.根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed(暴露的) to cold winds,可知既没有阳光也没有温暖,故选A.54.D 考查动词句意:你怎么能期待鲜花和水果?A.plant种植;B.take拿走;C.receive 收到;D.expect 期待.根据前文可知,苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方,是不会开花结果的.句中could是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.55.B 考查形容词句意:你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去,你怎么能想要丰收呢?A.small 小的;B.rich 丰富的;C.famous 著名的;D.poor 贫穷的.根据句意,可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事,是不能有丰富的收获的,故选B.8【分析】本文主要讲述的是有关冒险的故事。

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Dear Millie,Thank you for(36)C me about Halloween.We also have (37)C festivals,and I like Spring Festival best.Spring Festival is the most important festival in (38).It's to celebrate the lunar calendar's new year(农历新年).(39)A the evening of the Spring Festival,(40)get together and have a big meal.In many places people like (41)fireworks.(42)C are the most traditional food.(43)like the festival very much,because they can have delicious food and wear new clothes.They can also get some (44)from their parents or relatives.People put New Year scrolls (对联)on the wall for good fortune.The Spring Festival lasts about two (45)long.People relatives and friends with the words"Have all your wishes".People enjoy the Spring Festival,during this time they can have a good rest.Lots of love,Wendy 36.A.saying B.talking C.telling D.speaking37.A.few B.little C.some D.a little38.A.Japan B.China C.America D.Australia39.A.In B.On C.At D.From40.A.Families B.Friends C.Classmates D.Workers41.A.let off B.to let off C.leting off D.let of42.A.Noodles B.Dumplings C.Turkeys D.Pumpkins43.A.Boys B.Girls C.Children D.People44.A.presents B.money C.clothes D.books45.A.days B.weeks C.months D.Years.【分析】略【解答】CCBBA BBCBB2.You know you have to read"between the lines"to get the most out of anything.Marking up is also a useful practice,but you shouldn't(1)D a book which isn't yours.Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them(2)A.If you think it is helpful to mark books,you will have to buy them.There are two ways for you to own a book.The first is to(3)C for it,just as you buy clothes and furniture.But full ownership comes only(4)you have made it a part of yourself,and the best way to make yourself a part of it is by writing in it.There are three kinds of book(5)C.The first has all the best sellers﹣﹣unread anduntouched.The second has a great many books﹣a few of them read (6)C,most of them dipped into(随便浏览),but all of them as clean as on the day they were bought.The third has a few dog﹣eared(翻折的)books,which are marked from front to back.Why is marking a book necessary?First,it keeps you awake.In the second place,reading is thinking,and thinking can express itself in (7).The marked book is usually the thought﹣through (经过思考的)book.Finally,(8)D helps you remember the thoughts you had,or the thoughts the writer expressed.If reading is to learn anything more than passing time,it must be active.The book you read for pleasure can be read in a state of relaxation,and nothing is lost.But for a great book,(9)A in ideas,reading must be active.You can't let your eyes move across the lines.You should(10)an" understanding of what you have read.(1)A.buy B.write C.use D.mark(2)A.clean B. fresh C.safe D.beautiful(3)A.stand B.ask C.pay D.search(4)A.before B.when C.unless D.until(5)A.keepers B.sellers C.owners D.publishers (6)A.on B.aloud C.through D.about(7)A.pictures B.words C.music D.acting(8)A.listening B.speaking C.reading D.writing(9)A.rich B.empty C.interesting D.serious(10)A.pay attention to B.come up with C. get ready for D.take care of 【分析】这是一篇说明文,本文讲述的是我们读书过程中的一些重要事情.首先不要在书上做标记,除非那是你自己的.拥有书可以有两个方式一个是买,另一个就是写.书的主人有三种,一种是从来不读也不摸书,第二种是有很多的书,但大部分都像是新买的,第三种是打折的书,从头到尾都做了标记的.为什么做标记很重要?因为它通常代表了这本书的观点,也帮助你记住你当时的思想或作者所表达的思想.【解答】(1)D.动词辨析.A买;B写;C使用;D标记;根据上句Marking up is also a useful practice做标记也是一种有用的做法,后面应该不是你的书,不能做标记,故答案是D.(2)A.形容词辨析.A干净的;B新鲜的;C安全的;D漂亮的;根据Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them借给你书的图书管理员希望你保持书的,应该是整洁,故答案是A.(3)C.动词辨析.A站;B问;C付费;D搜索;根据前面There are two ways for you to own a book拥有书可以有两个方式,一个应该是付费买它,故答案是C.(4)B.连词辨析.A在…之前;B当…时;C除非;D直到;根据But full ownership comes only(4)you have made it a part of yourself只有你将它化为自己的一部分后,你才完全占有了它.应该是when引导的时间状语从句,故答案是B.(5)C.名词辨析.A保管人;B卖者;C主人;D出版商;根据下文描述,可知There are three kinds of book应该是书的主人有三种,故答案是C.(6)C.介词辨析.A在…上;B大声地;C穿过;D关于;根据后面most of them dipped into大部分是随便浏览,前面应该是有几本被通读过,read through通读,故答案是C.(7)B.名词辨析.A照片;B词;C音乐;D表演;演艺业;根据In the second place,reading is thinking,and thinking can express itself in 其次,积极的阅读即是思考,思考需要用文字或话语来诠释,故答案是B.(8)D.动词辨析.A听;B说;C阅读;D写;根据后面helps you remember the thoughts you had,or the thoughts the writer expressed.帮助你记住你的想法,或作家表达的想法,及语境,应该是写(标记)能帮助你完成这些,故答案是D.(9)A.形容词辨析.A富有的;B空的;C有趣的;D严重的;根据But for a great book,(9)in ideas,reading must be active.但对于一本思想丰富的好书来说,阅读必须是积极的.rich in ideas思想丰富,故答案是A.(10)B.动词短语辨析.A注意;B想出;C准备好;D照顾;根据You should(10)an" understanding of what you have read.及语境,应该是你应该想办法理解你所阅读的东西,故答案是B.3.Once there lived two brothers.The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor.They (36)C each other very much,and always took care of one another.Every day they worked from morning(37)A night,getting as much grain(谷物) as possible from their fields.One late autumn evening,after their work in the(38)was done,Simon said to his wife,"Victor got married last month.He has many bills(账单) to pay.I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).""Oh,that's a good idea,"said his wife."But please don't tell him,"said Simon,"If he knows I put the rice there,he will(39)A take it."So,late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn.The next day,while looking at his own barn,he found(40)D strange."I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night,(41)C I still have the same number of bags in my barn.(42)A did that happen?" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night.But the next morning,he found the(43)D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange,"he thought.That night he(44)D again.He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder; and walked down the road to his younger brother's house.In the bright moonlight,he could see another (45) coming down the road.He was carrying something on his(46) too."Younger Brother!"Simon cried,"What are you doing?""I was (47)D you,Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is(48)C than mine.I thought you needed more rice."The two brothers quickly(49)that they had been taking rice to each other.They(50)A what had happened."It is good to have abrother like you,"they both said.And they lived happily ever after.36.A.disliked B.hated C.loved D.enjoyed37.A.until B.at C.through D.with38.A.shops B.fields C.hospitals D.factories39.A.never B.sometimes C.usually D.ever40.A.everything B.anything C.nothing D.something 41.A.so B.and C.but D.or42.A.How B.What C.Why D.Where43.A.small B.different C.huge D.same44.A.planned B.failed C.hoped D.tried45.A.brother B.person C.sister D.wife46.A.back B.shoulder C.head D.hand47.A.proud of B.polite to C.angry with D.worried about 48.A.smaller B.richer C.larger D.happier49.A.remembered B.realized C.imagined D.explained50.A.laughed about B.dreamed about C.pointed at D.shouted at.【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟,他们都看到了对方的困难,想法来帮助对方.正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福.【解答】答案:36.C 考查动词.根据下文always took care of one another,结合选项,dislike"不喜欢";loved爱;hate"憎恨";enjoy"欣赏",可知他们互相友爱.love 意为"爱,关爱",全文是一般过去时,所以用过去式,loved.故选C.37.A 考查固定结构.根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食,结合选项,Until直到;at 在时间空间的一点;through通过;with 带有,伴随,和.可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上.from…until 为固定搭配,意为"从…直到…",故选A.38.B 考查名词.根据上文getting as much gain(谷物) as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食,结合选项,Shops商店;fields田地;hospitals医院;factories工厂.可知他们的工作是在田野间.field 意为"田野",由于不止一块田地,所以要用复数形式 fields,故选B.39.A 考查副词.根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他,结合选项,Never从来不,永远不;sometimes有时;usually通常;ever曾经,永远.可知本句指的是,如果他知道了,他永远不会取用它.故选A.40.D 考查不定代词.根据he found…strange."结合选项,something一些东西,一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中;anything也是表示一些东西,任何东西,一般用于否定及疑问句中.Nothing没有东西,用于肯定句表示否定含义;everything每件东西;修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面.可知他发现一些奇怪的事情.故选D.41.C考查连词.根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋,而现在一袋都不少,结合选项,So因此;and和,并且;but但是;or或者,否则.可知前后是转折关系,"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家,但是我"还有那么多袋米.故选C.42.A考查疑问词.根据…did that happen?"结合选项,How如何,怎样;What什么;Why为什么;Where在哪儿.可知那是如何发生的呢.故选A.43.D 考查形容词.根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪,结合选项,Small小的;different 不同的;huge巨大的;same 相同的.可知第二天早上,他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米.故选D.44.D 考查动词.根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀);and walked down the road to his younger brother's house,结合选项,planned 计划;failed失败,不及格;hoped希望;tried尽力,尝试.可知那天晚上,他又再次尝试.try 意为"尝试",结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时,故选D.45.B 考查名词.根据下文coming down the road",结合选项,Brother兄弟;person人;sister姐妹;wife妻子.可知在明亮的月光下,他看见另一个人走在路上.故选B.46.B考查名词.根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀),结合选项,Back背部;shoulder肩膀;head头;hand 手.可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上.故选B.47.D 考查固定搭配.根据下文Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is…than mine.I thought you needed more rice."你的家庭比我的家庭…,我认为你需要更多的米,结合选项,proud of为…感到骄傲;strict with对…严厉;angry with对…感到生气;worried about 为…担心.可知"我"担心你,哥哥.be worried about sb.为固定搭配,意为"为某人担忧",故选D.48.C 考查形容词.根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭,结合选项,Smaller更小的;richer 更富有的;larger更大的;happier更高兴的.可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大.故选C.49.B 考查动词.根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other.结合选项,Remembered记得;imagined想象;realized 意识到;explained解释,说明.可知,两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方.realize 意为"意识到",结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时,故选B.50.A 考查固定搭配.根据They…what had happened."结合选项,laughed about嘲笑,笑对;dreamed about梦到;shouted at对…大喊;complained about抱怨.可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了.laugh about sth为固定搭配,意为"因为(某事)而笑",结合全文时态此处应为过去时,故选A.4.One night,when I was eight,my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget."Sweetie,my(16) wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work,but needs me to work in Brazil.This is like your teacher telling that you've done (17)C and allowing you to skip a grade(跳级),but you'll have to(18)A your friends.Would you say yes to your teacher?"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it.I was puzzled.Though I said"yes",the question kept me (19)C for the rest of thenight.I realized the(20)D decisions adults had to make.For almost four years,my mother would call us from Brazil every day.Every evening I'd (21)A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day.A phone call,however,could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel (22)D sometimes.During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday,we flew to Rio to visit her.Looking at her large (23)C flat,I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself.It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on (24)family and work.(25)C difficult decisions,she used to tell me,you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice,but you could always do the best out of the situation.When I returned home,I(26)D myself that what my mother could do,I could,too.If she (27)A to live well in Rio all by herself,I,too,could learn to depend all on myself.I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical (28)D.My mother is now back with us.But I will never forget what the (29) has really taught me.The separation(分离)between us has proved to be a(an)(30)A thing for me.16.A.teacher B.boss C.mother D.friend17.A.little B.much C.well D.wrong18.A.leave B.refuse C.contact D.forgive19.A.explaining B.sleeping C.wondering D.regretting20.A.poor B.rapid C.final D.hard21.A.hopefully B.politely C.nervously D.curiously22.A.satisfied B.happy C.relaxed D.lonely23.A.comfortable B.expensive C.empty D.modern24.A.providing B.balancing C.comparing D.mixing25.A.Disappointed at B.Compared with C.Faced with D.Satisfied with 26.A.enjoyed B.expressed C.warned D.reminded27.A.managed B.offered C.promised D.expected28.A.plans B.efforts C.prizes D.dreams29.A.question B.experience C.history D.chance30.A.wonderful B.terrible C.difficult D.unpleasant.【分析】这是一篇记叙文,作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后,他学会了自立,并且理解了妈妈的做法,这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历.【解答】16.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,teacher老师,boss老板,上司,mother 妈妈,friend朋友,结合句意可知:"亲爱的,由于我工作出色,我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作,但需要我在巴西工作."故选:B.17.答案:C.考查副词及语境的理解,little小的,少,much多,well好,wrong错误的,根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好,故选:C.18.答案:A.考查动词及语境的理解,句子中but表示转折关系,根据"老师告诉你做得好,允许你跳级.",下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友."故选:A.19.答案:C 考查动词及语境的理解,explaining解释,sleeping睡觉,wondering想知道,疑惑,regretting懊悔,句子中"I was puzzled."妈妈的问题让我困惑了,下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜."故选:C.20.答案:D.考查形容词及语境的理解,poor可怜的,穷的,rapid快速的,final最后的,hard难的,努力地.根据语境可知:作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑,我很难入睡,意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定,故选:D.21.答案:A 考查副词及语境的理解,hopefully怀着希望地,politely客气地,nervously紧张地,curiously好奇地,根据语境可知:四年来,妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我.可以推断出:作者很期待妈妈的电话,告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节.故选:A.22.答案:D 考查形容词及语境的理解,satisfied满意的,happy高兴的,relaxed轻松的,lonely孤独的,根据上句"然而,一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里,"下句应该是:"有时不感到孤独是困难的."故选:D.23.答案:C考查形容词及语境的理解,comfortable舒服的,expensive昂贵的,empty空的,modern现代的.根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里,我们乘飞机去里约看望她,看着她那空荡荡的大公寓,我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独.",故选:C.24.答案:B.考查动词及语境的理解,providing提供,balancing平衡,comparing比较,mixing混乱,根据语境可知:就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择.故选:B.25.答案:C.考查固定短语的理解,disappointed at对…感到失望,compared with与…作比较,faced with面临,satisfied with对…感到满意,由上文可知:"就在那时,我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择."下文应该是"面对艰难的决定,她曾告诉我,你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择,但你总能从中得到最好的结果."故选:C.26.答案:D.考查动词及语境的理解,enjoyed喜欢,expressed表达,warned 警告,reminded提醒,根据语境可知:"当我回到家时,我提醒自己,我的母亲所能做的,我可以."故选:D.27.答案:A 考查动词及语境的理解,managed设法,offered提供,promised承诺,expected期望,根据语境可知:"如果她在里约生活得很好了,我也可以学会全部靠我自己."故选:A.28.答案:D.考查名词及语境的理解,plans计划,efforts努力,prizes奖,dreams梦想,这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己,实现大而有用的梦想",故选:D.29.答案:B.考查名词及语境的理解,question问题,experience经历,经验,history历史,chance机会,根据语境可知:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,故选:B30.答案:A.考查形容词及语境的理解,wonderful极好的,terrible可怕的,difficult困难的,unpleasant不愉快的,根据上文可以知道:我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历,我从中学到很多东西.由此可知,这对我来说是一件好事情.故选:A.5.Food is important.Everyone needs to(31)D well if he or she wants to have a strongbody.Our minds (心灵)also need a kind of food.This kind of(32)C is knowledge.We begin to get knowledge(知识) even when we are young.Small children are (33)A in everything around them.They learn(34)when they are watching and listening.When they are getting older they begin to(35)D story books,science books and anything else they like.When they find something new,they have to ask questions and (36)A to find out the answers.What is the best(37)C to get knowledge?If we learn(38)D ourselves,we will get the most knowledge.If we are(39)getting answers from others and don't ask why,we will never learn more and understand(40)D.31.A.sleep B.read C.drink D.eat32.A.sport B.exercise C.food D.meat33.A.interested B.interesting C.weak D.good34.A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything35.A.lend B.write C.learn D.read36.A.try B.have C.think D.wait37.A.place B.school C.way D.road38.A.on B.with C.to D.by39.A.seldom B.always C.certainly D.sometimes40.A.harder B.much C.well D.better.【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样,我们的大脑也需要营养,那就是不断地学习知识.人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同,但是最好的学习方式是自学,这样可以保证你学到最多的知识.【解答】31.D.考查动词.A睡觉;B读;C喝;D吃;根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体,每个人必须吃好.eat意为"吃",句意:如果想要拥有健壮的身体,每个人都需要吃好.故选D.32.C.考查名词.A运动;B锻炼;C食物;D肉;根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young."可推出大脑需要的事物是知识.knowledge意为"知识",句意:这种食物是知识.故选C.33.A.考查形容词.A感兴趣的;B有趣的;C弱的;D好的;根据下文"When they find something new,they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers."可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣".be interested in是固定搭配,意为"对……感兴趣",句意:小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣.故选A.34.B.考查代词.A所有的;B一些;C没有什么;D任何;根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西.everything过于绝对化,nothing、anything 不合文意,应选 something.故选B.35.D.考查动词.A借;B写;C学习;D读;根据空后"science books,storybooks"可知此处是说读书.read意为"读",句意:当他们长大些,它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍.故选D.36.A.考查动词.A尝试;B有;C想;D等;根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案,"try to do sth."是固定搭配,意为"尝试做某事".句意:当他们找到一些新事物,他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案.故选A.37.C.考查名词.A地方;B学校;C方法;D路;根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习,可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法".way意为"方式,方法",句意:获取知识的最好方法是什么?故选C.38.D.考查介词.A在…上;B和;C到;D由;根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself,是固定搭配,意为"自学".句意:如何我们自学,我们将获得最多知识.故选D.39.B.考查副词.A很少;B总是;C一定;D有时;根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth.,是固定搭配,意为"总是做某事".句意:如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么,……故选B.40.D.考查比较级.A更难;B很多;C好;D更好;根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级.better意为"更好",句意:……,我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好.故选D.6.A man once had four sons. They never stopped quarreling (争吵) with one another. He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together, but they didn't(1)him.One day,he called all the(2)D together.He put a bundle(捆)of sticks on the floor in front of (3)C."Can you break that?" he(4)A the youngest son. The boy put his knee (膝盖) on the bundle, he pressed (压) and pulled with his arms but he(5)C break the sticks.The father asked each son in turn to try to break the bundle,(6)A none of them could do it.Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the(7)."Now try," he said. The boys broke the sticks(8)D in their hands."Do you see what I mean?" asked the(9)A."If you stand together,no one can hurt you.If you all quarrel, you can't do any(10)D things for your future." This time, the sons listened to their father carefully.(1)A. look at B. listen to C. wait for D. help with(2)A. daughters B. students C. women D. sons(3)A. you B. her C. them D. us(4)A. asked B. said C. talked D. spoke(5)A. could B. must C. couldn't D. mustn't(6)A. but B. or C. and D. so(7)A. books B. sticks C. flowers D. sons(8)A. carefully B. happily C. early D. easily(9)A. father B. mother C. son D. daughter(10)A. boring B. difficult C. expensive D. helpful【分析】文章主要介绍了一个有四个孩子的爸爸通过一捆木棍,讲解了团结就是力量.【解答】1.B 动词辨析.A看;B听;C等;D帮助;根据上句He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together,but they didn't他经常告诉他们,如果他们一起努力工作,生活会很容易,应该是但他们没有听,故答案是B.2.D 名词辨析.A女儿;B学生;C女人;D儿子;根据句意应该是把他儿子喊到一起,故答案是D.3.C 代词辨析.A你;B她;C他们;D我们;根据He put a bundle(捆) of sticks on the floor in front of 结合前面把儿子喊到一起,应该是把一捆木棍放到他们前面,故答案是C.4.A 动词辨析.A问;B说;C谈论;D说;根据前面"Can you break that?" 你们能把木棍折断吗?应该是问,故答案是A.5.C 动词辨析.A能;B必须;C不能;D不必;根据下文,可知he pressed (压)and pulled with his arms but he(5)break the sticks,应该是没有折断,故答案是C.6.A 连词辨析.A但是;B或者;C和;D所以;根据后面none of them could do it没人能折断,表转折关系,故答案是A.7.B 名词辨析.A书;B木棍;C花;D儿子;根据Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the解开绳子,应该是把木棍散在地上,故答案是B.8.D 副词辨析.A小心地;B开心地;C早地;D容易的;根据The boys broke the sticks (3)in their hands,结合上文散开了,应该是很容易就折断了,故答案是D.9.A 名词辨析.A爸爸;B妈妈;C儿子;D女儿;根据Do you see what I mean?"你明白我的意思吗?应该是爸爸问的,故答案是A.10.D 形容词辨析.A无聊的;B困难的;C贵的;D有帮助的;根据If you all quarrel,you can't do any(10)things for your future如果争吵,应该是将来不能做有用的事,故答案是D.7.Amy is 13.She lives (1)her parents in Suzhou.She is in Grade 7.From Monday (2)C Friday,she goes to school.And she usually (3)D school clothes.There are lots of nice people in her class.Millie her best friend,always (4)A games with her at lunchtime.They both enjoy (5)C the songs of Jay Zhou.She is very (6)D now.Tomorrow is New Year's Day.They are going to celebrate it in their classroom,so Amy and Millie are going to the supermarket.They want to buy some (7)A:sweets,chocolates,lemons and pears for their (8)C.Amy often ate chocolates before,but nowshe (9) eat them any more ,because she wants to be healthier.Millie loves pears.She is going to buy five (10)D of them.(1)A.and B.with C.without D.in(2)A.on B.at C.to D.and(3)A.in B.wear C.put on D.wears(4)A.plays B.play C.playing D.played(5)A.listening B.hearing C.listening to D.listen to(6)A.sad B.boring C.kind D.busy(7)A.food B.clothes C.drink D.books(8)A.parents B.neighbours C.classmates D.grandparents(9)A.don't B.doesn't C.isn't D.didn't(10)A.pieces B.bottles C.pairs D.kilos【分析】略【解答】BCDACDACBD8.Long long ago,there lived a farmer whose brother was a gardener and owned a wonderful garden.One day the farmer went to(1)D his brother,and was(2)the beautiful garden.His brother(3)A to give him the best apple tree as a gift.The farmer took the tree home and started to wonder(4)C to plant it."If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(5)D the fruit.If I plant it on the road,people will see it and take off its(6)."Finally he planted the tree behind his barn(谷仓),"The(7)A would never think to look for it here."(8)C,the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years.The farmer went to his brother and said(9)D,"You have given me a(10)tree.Look!This is the third year and it still grows(11)C but leaves!"When the farmer's brother saw where the tree was,he (12)and said,"You have planted the tree where it is exposed(暴露的)to cold winds,and get neither(13)A nor warmth.How could you(14)D flowers and fruits?You have planted the tree with a greedy and suspicious(贪婪多疑的) heart,so how can you want a(15)harvest?" What do you learn from the story?(1)A.watch B.find C.teach D.visit(2)A.worried about B.surprised at C.tired of D.afraid of(3)A.decided B.supposed C.hoped D.asked(4)A.how B.when C.where D.why(5)A.put off B.take away C.turn down D.shake down (6)A.tree B.fruit C.food D.flower(7)A.thieves B.animals C.neighbors D.children(8)A.Finally B.Firstly C.However D.Luckily(9)A.slowly B.hardly C.excitedly D.angrily(10)A.dead B.bad C.wrong D.young(11)A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything(12)A.suggested B.laughed C.left D.planted(13)A.sunshine B.water C.air D.earth(14)A.plant B.take C.receive D.expect(15)A.small B.rich C.famous D.poor【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事.这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植.一天,农夫去他哥哥家,他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植,回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落,结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实.【解答】1.D 考查动词句意:有一天,农夫去看望这位兄弟.A.watch观看;B.find 找到;C.teach教;D.visit 拜访.上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁,可知本题答案.根据后句His brother(43)to give him the best apple tree as a gift.The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟,根据go to do sth 去做某事,空格处用动词原形,故选D.2.B 考查形容词短语.句意:对美丽的花园感到惊讶.A.worried about担心;B.surprised at对…感到惊讶;C.tired of 厌烦;D.afraid of 害怕.根据句意,可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶.be surprised at 对…感到惊讶,故选B.43.A 考查动词句意:他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物.A.decided决定;B.supposed猜想;C.hoped 希望;D.asked 问.根据decide to do sth 决定做某事,根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选A.44.C 考查疑问副词句意:农夫把树带回家,开始想把它种在哪里.A.how 怎样;B.when 什么时候;C.where 哪里;D.why 为什么.根据后文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)the fruit.If I plant it on the road,people will see it and take off its(46)."可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里.故选C.45.D 考查动词短语句意:风可能会把水果吹落.A.put off 推迟;B.take off 拿走;C.turn down 调低音量;D.shake down 摇掉.根据句意,可知山上的风比较大,会吹掉树上的果实,句中might是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.46.B 考查名词句意:如果我把它种在路上,人们就会看到它,然后把它取下来.A.tree 树;B.fruit 水果;C.food 食物;D.flower 花.根据前文"If I plant it on the hill,"he said to himself,"the wind might(45)D the fruit.可知人们看到果实,就会把它取下来.故选B.47.A 考查名词句意:小偷不会想到在这里找它的.A.thieves 小偷;B.animals 动物;C.neighbours 邻居;D.children孩子们.根据前文可知,农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的.故选A.48.C 考查副词句意:然而,这棵树两年内既无花也无果.A.Finally 最后;B.firstly 首先;C.However 然而;D.Luckily 不幸的是.按照正常情况,两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果,根据句意,这棵树两年内既无花也无果,所以用however来表示转折,however 位于句首,首字母大写,故选C.49.D 考查副词句意:农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说.A.slowly 慢慢地;B.hardly 几乎不;C.excitedly 兴奋地;D.angrily 生气地.根据前文the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years.和后文,"You have given me a(50)tree.可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道,故选D.50.B 考查形容词句意:你给了我一棵坏树.A.dead 死的;B.bad 坏的,不好的;C.wrong 错误的;D.young 年轻的.根据后文This is the third year and it still grows(51)C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树,故选B.51.C 考查不定代词句意:这是第三年了,它除了叶子什么也不长!A.something 某事;B.anything 任何东西;C.nothing 什么也没有;D.everything 一切.根据句意,可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长.故选C.52.B 考查动词句意:农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方,他笑着说道.A.suggested 建议;B.laughed 大笑;C.left 离开;D.planted 种植.根据句意,农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑.根据语境,此句是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故选B.53.A 考查名词句意:你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了,既没有阳光也没有温暖.A.sunshine 阳光;B.water 水;C.air 空气;D.earth 地球.根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed(暴露的) to cold winds,可知既没有阳光也没有温暖,故选A.54.D 考查动词句意:你怎么能期待鲜花和水果?A.plant种植;B.take拿走;C.receive 收到;D.expect 期待.根据前文可知,苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方,是不会开花结果的.句中could是情态动词,后接动词原形,故选D.55.B 考查形容词句意:你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去,你怎么能想要丰收呢?A.small 小的;B.rich 丰富的;C.famous 著名的;D.poor 贫穷的.根据句意,可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事,是不能有丰富的收获的,故选B.9.At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food:I used it to kill bad feelings,to make (1)feel better,and to celebrate.Worried about my health,I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do (2)C about my weight.When I was 57,my weight problem began to affect me (3)A.I had spent more time in the hospital and I (4)C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when (5)!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year,I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Just for today I will be happy.I quite agree with Abraham Lincoln,one of the greatest presidents in the US.He said,"Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind." (1) is from inside.It is not a matter of outside.Just for today I will take care of my(2)C.I will exercise it,care for it,nourish*it,so that it will be a(3)D machine for my building.I plan to run for an hour every morning,and play basketball three or four times a week.(4)A it is possible,I will join a basketball team and train myself there too.Just for today I will try to strengthen my(5)A.I will learn something useful and meaningful.I will keep reading as part of myself.I will choose (6)C to read,especially books that need thought as often as I can,because reading is like a key that can (7)my mind to the outside world.It nourishes me deeply and (8) me a full man.Just for today I will have a plan.I will write down (9)I expect to do every day first.And then I will begin (10)C a very small thing,such as getting up on time.I may not follow it (11)the same as I have expected,but I am sure that I will have it.(12)C,a good plan is half done.Just for today I will be (13)A enough to enjoy myself.I will not be afraid to be happy,and to enjoy what is beautiful.I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me.I'll value every moment that will be (14)A with my parents,my children and my friends.And I will say "I love you" loudly to them.Never keep my love as a(15)C.Just for today I will start my new journey and enjoy life as well.(1)A.Agreement B.Happiness C.Friendship D.Communication(2)A.pet B.kid C.body D.house(3)A.noisy B.heavy C.simple D.perfect(4)A.If B.Till C.Unless D.Whether(5)A.mind B.pride C.power D.memory(6)A.nothing B.anything C.something D.everything(7)A.put up B.open up C.make up D.clean up(8)A.calls B.makes C.writes D.expresses(9)A.that B.what C.which D.where(10)A.by B.at C.with D.through(11)A.mainly B.exactly C.recently D.suddenly(12)A.Instead B.Finally C.Anyway D.However(13)A.brave B.careful C.nervous D.worried(14)A.spent B.wasted C.missed D.offered(15)A.doll B.poem C.secret D.painting【分析】文章讲述了快乐和内心相关,和外在无关,并讲述了作者打算如何让自己成为一个快乐的人.【解答】(1)B 考查名词,A.Agreement同意B.Happiness幸福C.Friendship友谊D.Communication沟通,根据前文Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind大多数人都能像他们希望的那样快乐.可知说的是快乐,推出此处是快乐,故选B.(2)C 考查名词,A.pet宠物B.kid孩子C.body身体D.house房子,根据I will exercise it我将锻炼它,以及I plan to run for an hour every morning,and play basketball three or four times a week.我计划每天早上跑一小时,每周打三到四次篮球.推出是锻炼身体,故选C.(3)D 考查形容词,A.noisy吵闹的B.heavy重的C.simple简单的D.perfect完美的,根据 I will exercise it,care for it,nourish it,我将锻炼它,照顾它,滋养它,可知锻炼的目的是为了让身体成为一个完美的机器,故选D.(4)A 考查连词,A.If如果B.Till直到C.Unless除非D.Whether是否,根据it is possible,I will join a basketball team and train myself there too,推出句意:如果可能,我也会加入篮球队,在那里训练自己,故选A.(5)A 考查名词,A.mind精神B.pride自豪C.power力量D.memory记忆,根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书,推出我打算强化提升我的精神世界,故选A.(6)C 考查代词,A.nothing没事B.anything任何事C.something某事D.everything 每件事,根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书,推出此处是指计划读一些东西,故选C.(7)B 考查短语,A.put up举起 B.open up打开 C.make up编造 D.clean up打扫,根据my mind to the outside world,可知是指向外面的世界敞开我的心扉,故选B.(8)B 考查动词,A.calls打电话B.makes使…C.writes写D.expresses表达,根据me a full man,推出是指:使我成为一个丰富有内涵的人,故选B.(9)B 考查代词,A.that没有具体意义 B.what什么 C.which哪个 D.where哪里,根据 I expect to do every day first,可知是what引导的宾语从句,意思是:我希望每天所期待的,故选B.(10)C 考查介词,A.by被 B.at在…C.with带有 D.through通过,根据begin,可知是短语begin with以…开始,结合句意:从小事做起,故选C.(11)B 考查副词,A.mainly主要地B.exactly准确地C.recently最近地D.suddenly 突然地,根据后文 but I am sure that I will have it但我相信我将会做到,推出前半句的意思是:虽然我可能不准确的做到,故选B.(12)C 考查副词,A.Instead相反地B.Finally最后地C.Anyway不管怎样D.However然而,根据a good plan is half done,不管怎样,一个好的计划是成功的一半,故选C.(13)A 考查形容词,A.brave勇敢的 B.careful仔细的 C.nervous紧张的 D.worried担心的,根据 I will not be afraid to be happy,and to enjoy what is beautiful.I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me.我不会害怕快乐,也不会害怕享受美好的事物.我不会害怕去爱,也不会去相信我所爱的人也爱我,推出我要变的勇敢,故选A.(14)A 考查动词,A.spent花费 B.wasted浪费 C.missed错过 D.offered提供,根据I'll value every moment that will be…with my parents,my children and my friends,可知是指:我将珍惜和我的父母孩子,和朋友一起度过的每一个时刻,故选A.(15)C 考查名词,A.doll玩偶B.poem诗C.secret秘密D.painting画,根据"I love you" loudly to them.可知是指:对亲人大声的说爱他们,而不是藏在心里成为一个秘密,故选C.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is near the Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.A teacher decided to let her class play a game.The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few(1)in it.Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child(2)C,so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will (3)A on the number of people he/she hates.So when the day came,every child brought some potatoes with the(4)A of the people he/she hated.Some had two potatoes,some three,(5)D some up to fivepotatoes.The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went (even to the toilet) for one(6).Day after day passed by,and the children started to complain about the unpleasant (7)let out by the rotten(腐烂的) potatoes.Those having five potatoes also had to carry(8)A bags.After one week,the children were (9)C because the game had finally ended.The teacher asked,"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week?" The children started complaining of the (10)D that they had to go through having to carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game.The teacher said, "This is (11) the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart.The bad smell of hatred will dirty your(12)C and you will carry it with you wherever you go.If you cannot(13)D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week,can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime?"(14)away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime.Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them,and you can see a(15)A world.(1)A.tomatoes B.potatoes C.strawberries D.sandwiches(2)A.doubts B.helps C.hates D.likes(3)A.depend B.live C.sit D.try(4)A.names B.numbers C.words D.smiles(5)A.as B.until C.when D.while(6)A.day B.week C.month D.year(7)A.sound B.smell C.air D.water(8)A.heavier B.lighter C.more D.fewer(9)A.sad B.frightened C.happy D.quiet(10)A.risk B.mess C.headache D.trouble(11)A.maybe B.exactly C.especially D.finally(12)A.nature B.bag C.heart D.knowledge(13)A.smell B.tell C.change D.bear(14)A.Put B.Throw C.Fly D.Blow(15)A.better B.cleaner C.worse D.dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理,不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人,那样太累了,还不如原谅别人.【解答】1.B 考查名词.句意:老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋,里面放一些土豆.tomatoes西红柿;potatoes土豆;strawberries草莓;sandwiches三明治.由后文Each potato will 可知,此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆.故选B.2.C 考查动词.句意:每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字.doubts怀疑;helps帮助;hates讨厌;likes喜欢.由后文the number of people he/she hates可知,此处指的时讨厌的名字.故选C.3.A 考查动词.句意:所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量.depend依赖,取决;live居住,生活;sit坐;try尝试.由语境和句意可知,depend on取决于,依赖于,固定搭配,符合题意.故选A.4.A 考查名词.句意:所以,当这一天到来时,每个孩子都会带来一些土豆,上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字.names名字;numbers数字;words单词;smiles微笑.由前文可知,老师要求学生们再土豆上,写出自己讨厌的人的名字.故选A.5.D 考查连词.句意:有的学生有两个土豆,有的有三个土豆,然而有些学生有多达五个土豆.as因为,作为;until直到;when当……时候;while然而.由句意可知,此处需用while前后表示对比.故选D.6.B 考查名词.句意:然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里,放在他们去的任何地方(甚至厕所)一个星期.day天;week周;month月;year年.由后文After one week可知,此处表示一星期.故选B.7.B 考查名词.句意:日复一日,孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味.sound 声音;smell气味;air空气;water水.由后文let out by the rotten(腐烂的)potatoes.可知,此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味.故选B.8.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子.heavier更重;lighter更轻;more更多;fewer更少.由上文和句意可知,土豆数量越多,袋子的重量越大.故选A.9.C 考查形容词.句意:一周后,孩子们很高兴,因为游戏终于结束了.sad悲伤的;frightened害怕的;happy高兴的;quiet安静的.由后文because the game had finally ended 可知,游戏结构了,所以孩子们开心.故选C.10.D 考查名词.句意:孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦,无论他们去哪里,他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆.risk风险;mess杂乱;headache头疼;trouble麻烦.由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went.可知,孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着,所以这给他们带来了麻烦.故选D.11.B 考查副词.句意:这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况.maybe也许;exactly 精确地,确切地;especially尤其;finally最后;由句意可知,此处需用exactly精确地,确切地,表示这种情况与上文一致.故选B.12.C 考查名词.句意:仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心,你会带着它走到任何地方.nature自然,本性;bag包;heart心;knowledge知识.由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知,此处指的是弄脏你的心.故选C.13.D 考查动词.句意:如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道,你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗?" smell闻;tell告诉;change改变;bear忍受.由句意和语境可知,此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道.故选D.14.B 考查动词.句意:把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去,这样你一辈子都不会带着它.Put放;Throw扔掉;Fly飞;Blow吹.由句意可知,作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来,put away放起来,固定搭配,符合题意.故选B.15.A 考查形容词比较级.句意:爱别人,即使你不喜欢他们,你也能看到一个更好的世界.better更好;cleaner更干净;worse更差;dirtier更脏.由句意和语境可知,爱别人,我们能看到一个更好的世界.故选A.4.Once there lived two brothers.The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor.They (36)C each other very much,and always took care of one another.Every day they worked from morning(37)A night,getting as much grain(谷物) as possible from their fields.One late autumn evening,after their work in the(38)was done,Simon said to his wife,"Victor got married last month.He has many bills(账单) to pay.I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).""Oh,that's a good idea,"said his wife."But please don't tell him,"said Simon,"If he knows I put the rice there,he will(39)A take it."So,late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn.The next day,while looking at his own barn,he found(40)D strange."I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night,(41)C I still have the same number of bags in my barn.(42)A did that happen?" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night.But the next morning,he found the(43)D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange,"he thought.That night he(44)D again.He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder; and walked down the road to his younger brother's house.In the bright moonlight,he could see another (45) coming down the road.He was carrying something on his(46) too."Younger Brother!"Simon cried,"What are you doing?""I was (47)D you,Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is(48)C than mine.I thought you needed more rice."The two brothers quickly(49)that they had been taking rice to each other.They(50)A what had happened."It is good to have a brother like you,"they both said.And they lived happily ever after.36.A.disliked B.hated C.loved D.enjoyed37.A.until B.at C.through D.with38.A.shops B.fields C.hospitals D.factories39.A.never B.sometimes C.usually D.ever40.A.everything B.anything C.nothing D.something41.A.so B.and C.but D.or42.A.How B.What C.Why D.Where43.A.small B.different C.huge D.same44.A.planned B.failed C.hoped D.tried45.A.brother B.person C.sister D.wife46.A.back B.shoulder C.head D.hand47.A.proud of B.polite to C.angry with D.worried about 48.A.smaller B.richer C.larger D.happier49.A.remembered B.realized C.imagined D.explained50.A.laughed about B.dreamed about C.pointed at D.shouted at.【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟,他们都看到了对方的困难,想法来帮助对方.正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福.【解答】答案:36.C 考查动词.根据下文always took care of one another,结合选项,dislike"不喜欢";loved爱;hate"憎恨";enjoy"欣赏",可知他们互相友爱.love 意为"爱,关爱",全文是一般过去时,所以用过去式,loved.故选C.37.A 考查固定结构.根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食,结合选项,Until直到;at 在时间空间的一点;through通过;with 带有,伴随,和.可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上.from…until 为固定搭配,意为"从…直到…",故选A.38.B 考查名词.根据上文getting as much gain(谷物) as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食,结合选项,Shops商店;fields田地;hospitals医院;factories工厂.可知他们的工作是在田野间.field 意为"田野",由于不止一块田地,所以要用复数形式 fields,故选B.39.A 考查副词.根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他,结合选项,Never从来不,永远不;sometimes有时;usually通常;ever曾经,永远.可知本句指的是,如果他知道了,他永远不会取用它.故选A.40.D 考查不定代词.根据he found…strange."结合选项,something一些东西,一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中;anything也是表示一些东西,任何东西,一般用于否定及疑问句中.Nothing没有东西,用于肯定句表示否定含义;everything每件东西;修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面.可知他发现一些奇怪的事情.故选D.41.C考查连词.根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋,而现在一袋都不少,结合选项,So因此;and和,并且;but但是;or或者,否则.可知前后是转折关系,"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家,但是我"还有那么多袋米.故选C.42.A考查疑问词.根据…did that happen?"结合选项,How如何,怎样;What什么;Why为什么;Where在哪儿.可知那是如何发生的呢.故选A.43.D 考查形容词.根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪,结合选项,Small小的;different 不同的;huge巨大的;same 相同的.可知第二天早上,他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米.故选D.44.D 考查动词.根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀);and walked down the road to his younger brother's house,结合选项,planned 计划;failed失败,不及格;hoped希望;tried尽力,尝试.可知那天晚上,他又再次尝试.try 意为"尝试",结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时,故选D.45.B 考查名词.根据下文coming down the road",结合选项,Brother兄弟;person人;sister姐妹;wife妻子.可知在明亮的月光下,他看见另一个人走在路上.故选B.46.B考查名词.根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder (肩膀),结合选项,Back背部;shoulder肩膀;head头;hand 手.可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上.故选B.47.D 考查固定搭配.根据下文Older Brother,"said Victor,"Your family is…than mine.I thought you needed more rice."你的家庭比我的家庭…,我认为你需要更多的米,结合选项,proud of为…感到骄傲;strict with对…严厉;angry with对…感到生气;worried about 为…担心.可知"我"担心你,哥哥.be worried about sb.为固定搭配,意为"为某人担忧",故选D.48.C 考查形容词.根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭,结合选项,Smaller更小的;richer 更富有的;larger更大的;happier更高兴的.可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大.故选C.49.B 考查动词.根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other.结合选项,Remembered记得;imagined想象;realized 意识到;explained解释,说明.可知,两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方.realize 意为"意识到",结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时,故选B.50.A 考查固定搭配.根据They…what had happened."结合选项,laughed about嘲笑,笑对;dreamed about梦到;shouted at对…大喊;complained about抱怨.可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了.laugh about sth为固定搭配,意为"因为(某事)而笑",结合全文时态此处应为过去时,故选A.5.I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless.I had to(36)D Grade Six.At that time a new teacher,Miss Sadia,came to our school.One day after class,she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break.She came to me and began to talk to me.It was just a(37)C conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special.I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that(38)believed me,and my(39)D started to improve in her subject.Months later,she moved into a house near my(40)A.We would walk home together after school.Her constant (不断的) support helped me,especially in my studies,as I knew she would(41)D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects.I finally(42)second in my class.Then,after Grade Six,she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)A still kept a constant check on me.By the time I was in Grade Seven,we(44)D spoke,but by then I had become the(45)C in my class.When I left my school,I was out of touch with her,as she never answered the(46)C when I called her.Then I graduated and went to a good university.One fine day,our paths crossed again.I met her at a wedding.I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?" "You are a clever boy.I wanted you to be a tree(48)A on your own roots,not dependingon (依靠)others.Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration (启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)C a shoulder."she said.I could not say anything,but I smiled.I'll always thank her.36.A.jump B.attend C.copy D.repeat37.A.stupid(傻的)B.useless C.normal D.secret38.A.everyone B.someone C.anyone D.nobody39.A.words B.objects C.classes D.grades40.A.home B.school C.hotel D.company41.A.change B.look C.improve D.check42.A.received B.came C.caught D.held43.A.but B.as C.or D.so44.A.ever B.often C.once D.hardly45.A.oldest B.strongest C.best D.cleverest46.A.road B.schoolyard C.phone D.machine47.A.finish B.help C.prevent D.keep48.A.standing B.flying C.growing D.sitting49.A.sad B.proud C.good D.pity50.A.give up B.get on C.look for D.take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生,要他留级,这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师,在她的帮助和鼓励下,作者取得很大进步,但是从此以后,Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注,直到毕业后的一次偶遇,他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因.【解答】36.D考查动词辨析.A jump跳;B attend 参加;C copy复印;D repeat重复.根据I was said to be the worst student in my class,and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生,所以不得不留级,选D.37.C考查形容词辨析.A.stupid 蠢得;B.useless无用的;C.normal 正常的;D.secret秘密的.从上下文It was just a(37)conversation(对话).After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话,但是后来老师却格外注意我,选C.38.B考查代词辨析.A.everyone每个人;B.someone 某人;C.anyone任何人;D.nobody没有人.从上文After that day,she gave me particular attention(特别注意) and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注,所以作者感到了来自别人的信任,选B.39.D考查名词辨析.A words话;B objects 物体;C classes班级;D grades分数,成绩.根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了,选D.40.A考查名词辨析.A home 家;B school 学校;C hotel旅馆;D company公司.根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师.放学后一起回家.选A.41.D考查动词辨析.A.change 改变;B.look 看;C.improve 提高;D.check核实,检查.根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况,会查他各科的成绩,而且根据下文still kept a constant(不断的) check on me.内容也可以判断选D.42.B.考查动词辨析.A received收到;B came 来;C caught抓住D;held抓住.固定短语:come second获得第二名,句意:最后"我"获得班级第二名,选B.43.A考查连词辨析A but但是(表示转折关系);B as由于(表示原因);C or否则,或者(表示选择关系);D so所以(表示前因后果).从前后句she started to slowly drift away(疏远),(43)still kept a constant check on me.内容可知此处表示转折关系,句意:老师开始慢慢地疏远"我",但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩,选A.44.D考查副词辨析.A ever曾经;B often 经常;C once曾经;D hardly几乎不.从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远,由此判断当"我"上七年级时,我们几乎就不交谈了,故选D.45.C.考查形容词辨析.A oldest 最老的;B strongest最壮的;C best最好的;D cleverest 最聪明的.but by then I had become the(45)in my class到那时,"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了,故选C.46.C考查名词辨析.A road路;B schoolyard 校园;C phone打电话;D machine机器.根据空后when I called her.可知当"我"给她打电话时,她从不接"我"的电话,故选C.47.B考查动词辨析.A finish完成;B help帮助;C prevent阻止;D keep保持.根据作者说的话I could not(47)asking her,"Why did you stop talking to me?"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话",can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事,故选 B.48.A考查动词辨析.A standing 站立;B flying飞;C growing 生长;D sitting坐.从下文I wanted you to be a tree(48)on your own roots,not depending on (依靠)others内容可知老师希望作者独立,要像一棵树一样,站在自己的根上,而不是依赖于别人的帮助,故选A.49.B考查形容词辨析.A sad伤心的;B proud自豪的;C good好的;D pity遗憾的.从Now here you are and I feel(49)of you.You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人) and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀,所以老师应该是为他自豪,故选B.50.C考查动词短语辨析.A give up放弃;B get on进展;C look for寻找;D take up拿起.从老师说的话You are your inspiration(启发灵感的人)and do not need to(50)a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人,要靠自己的力量,短语:look for a shoulder"依靠别人",选C.6.I have (1)C my hometown for a few years.It has changed a lot (2)A the years.New roads and beautiful buildings have been (3)C.People in my hometown have realized the(4)C of protecting the environment.They have done many things (5)C planting trees,keeping the roads clean,and not (6)D plastic bags.Now the (7)A is much better than before,and people's life is (8)D than before.The old are doing all kinds of (9)D such as playing(10)A,dancing and playing TaiJi in thepark.There are(11)C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town.People's life is not(12)any more.They can relax in many different ways(13)C just watching TV at home.There are also some places(14)A further learning ,especially for the(15)A who want to find good jobs.(1)A.left B.been away C.been away from D.left away(2)A.over B.among C.between D.after(3)A.build B.building C.built D.buildings(4)A.important B.useless C.importance D.use(5)A.for example B.as C.such as D.that is(6)A.use B.used C.useful D.using(7)A.environment B.weather C.life D.hometown(8)A.bad B.worse C.colourful D.more colorful (9)A.games B.matches C.work D.activities(10)A.chess B.the chess C.with chess D.a chess(11)A.few B.less C.more D.much(12)A.interesting B.boring C.bored D.happy(13)A.for example B.in fact C.instead of D.such as(14)A.for B.at C.with D.to(15)A.young B.children C.old D.baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化.家乡建了新楼房和道路,人们的环保意识提高了,环境变好了.人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了,老年人有各种各样的活动;还有很多地方供人们休闲;对于年轻人来说,还有继续学习的地方.【解答】(1)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:我离开家乡有好多年了.for a few years,好些年;通常和现在完成时连用,leave是瞬间动词,不能与持续时间段连用,be away from离开,表示状态,可以与持续时间段连用;结合语境故选C.(2)A.考查介词与语境理解.A超过;B三者及以上其中;C两者中间;D在…之后;根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:这些年发生了很多改变.Over the years多年以来,故选A.(3)C.考查动词与语境理解.根据前后文及选项词意,此句为:建了新的房子和道路.主语与动词直接是被动关系,要用被动语态,所以动词用过去分词,故选C.(4)C.考查名词与语境理解.从后文村民植树等行为,得知此句说的是,村民们认识到保护环境的重要性.A 重要的,形容词;B没有的,形容词;C 重要性,名词;D 使用,动词;结合语境故选C.(5)C.考查短语与语境理解.从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情,后面是具体的例子,例如植树,保持道路的清洁,A 例如,后面经常跟一个例子,B 作为,。

(完整word版)初一英语完形填空(20篇)

(完整word版)初一英语完形填空(20篇)

七年级完形填空练习一Carol and susan are very good friends they are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). Now they are _3_ eight years old. Carol's mother has got a new baby. Carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. so she is always talking about her to susan. At first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. But _6_ some time she begins to get tired of Carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. She also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.One morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, Carol says to susan, "Do you _8_,Sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""That is not very _9_." answers Susan. "I know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""Oh, that can't be _10_." answers Carol laughingly. "Whose baby is it?" "An elephant's" saysSusan.1. a. grade b. table c. class d. group2. a. each other's b. their c. theirs d. each other3. a. all b. two c. both d. either4. a. angry b. sorry c. surprised d. glad5. a. interesting b. interested c. happy d. satisfied6. a. before b. for c. after d. at7. a. play b. meet c. weight d. walk8. a. hear b. think c. find d. know9. a. much b. many c. few d. little10. a. impossible b. wrong c. true d. sure二Bob and sue are in the same school, 1 they are in different 2 . they go to school on weekdays. 3 school , bob and sue often play games with 4 friends.Classes begin 5 eight in the morning. now bob and sue are in their classrooms. they are listening to their 6 . bob's studying english. his teacher is talking 7 english. sue's 8 a chinese class. her teacher is talking 9 writing. they study hard. they love their teachers and they like their10 .l. a. but b. and c. or d. when2. a. classes b. class c. lesson d. lessons3. a. in b. when c. to d. at4. a. his b. her c. other d. their5. a. about b. in c. at d. on6. a. friends b. father c. teacher d. teachers7. a. with b. at c. in d. for8. a. having b. listening c. getting d. sitting in9. a. at b. about c. for d. like10. a. home b. family c. school d. clothes三It is the _1_ day of a new term. everyone _2_ very happy. they came to school early. _3_ new english teacher is mr hu. he _4_ to his students. "welcome _5_ to school." mr hu _6_ know their names. but he has _7_ on a piece _8_paper(纸). he wants to call their names. after that, a boy comes in, he is _9_. mr hu asks him to come to school _10_ next time.() 1. a. first b. one c. the first d. 1th() 2. a. are b. be c. is d. look() 3. a. it’s b. his c. their d. our() 4. a. says b. speaks c. doesn’t say d. wants() 5. a. back b. you c. us d. it() 6. a. do b. isn’t c. doesn’t d. /() 7. a. it b. them c. him d. that() 8. a. of b. to c. in d. on() 9. a. early b. tall c. short d. late() 10. a. back b. early c. earlier d. late四There are nineteen boys and twenty-eight girls in our class. 1 of the boys is english. His 2 is sam. He's thirteen. Two of the 3 are american. They are twins. 4 names are jane and joy. They are twelve. They are my 5 . All of the other boys and girls are 6. 7 all like the english boy and the american girls , 8 they like us, too. We play games together(一起). We help 9and they help us.look, there come the twins! They're 10 this way. Let's say hello to them.l. a. one b. two c. three d. four2. a. school b. sister c. brother d. name3. a. brothers b. sisters c. girls d. boys4. a. your b. their c. our d. her5. a. teachers b. friends c. brothers d. students6. a. chinese b. english c. american d. friends7. a. they b. we c. them d. our8. a. but b. or c. and d. so9. a. her b. them c. him d. you10. a. come b. go c. coming d. going五This is my bedroom.I can see _1_ pictures on the wall. The light is _2_ the desk. The football is _3_ the chair. _4_ is the bed? It's near the table.My father and _5_ bedroom is near my bedroom. _6_ flowers and a bed _7_ in their room. Some windows are _8_ the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, _9_.I like my bedroom and they like _10_.1. a. a b. one c. an d. some2. a. under b. on c. in d. behind3. a. on b. under c. to d. for4. a. who b. what c. which d. where5. a. sister b. mother c. mother's d. sisters6. a. the b. the c. some d. some7. a. is b. are c. isn't d. am8. a. on b. behind c. in d. under9. a. also b. there c. here d. too10. a. also b. theirs' c. them d. their room六A well-dressed man goes l a restaurant a day. He sits down at a table near the window.A waiter comes up to 2 and says, "Can i help you, sir?" the man says, "can i see the menu?" "certainly. "the man wants a good meal. He wants a lot of nice 3 . The waiter gets them for him. The man is having his 4 . At that time a boy comes in and sits down beside the man. He asks the 5 to give him an ice cream. The man does so. Now the boy is eating his ice cream. The man is saying, "i go out 6 a newspaper."then he goes out. After the boy eats his ice cream up. The boy7 and goes to the door. "8 , your father hasn't given the money for the meal and your ice cream. "the waiter stops him and says."Father? You're 9.he isn't my father. I don't 10 him. I meet him in the street. He says he will give me an ice cream if i come here at twelve o'clock. "1. a. in b. out c. into d. onto2. a. him b. it c. his d. them3. a. dish b. dishes c. plates d. bowls4. a. cakes b. drink c . supper d. meal5. a. man b. father c . waiter d. boy6. a. with b .for c. to d .at7. a. sits down b. gets up c. stands up d. comes down8. a. excuse me b .sorry c. hello d. hi9. a. good b. right c. well d. wrong10. a. like b. know c. help d. ask七One day, a grandmother stays at home with her 14-month-old grandson. He is __1__ with her yellow car key(钥匙). At that time, the phone rings __2__ the grandmother goes to answer the phone. After the grandmother comes __3__, she can’t find the key. She thinks that the little boy puts __4__ somewhere(在某处).She looks __5__ it in the room, but she can’t find it anywhere. Then she has a __6__ idea(主意). The grandmother __7__ the child a blue key and pretends (假装)not to look. After a few __8__ the boy goes into his grandmother’s bedroom and he carefully puts __9__ blue key under her bed, next to the yellow__10__.1. a. playing b. carrying c. putting2. a. because b. and c. but3. a. down b. out c. back4. a. it b. them c. that5. a. at b. after c. for6. a. well b. good c. bad7. a. gives b. buys c. draws8. a. minutes b. days c. weeks9. a. a b. an c. the10. a. phone b. key c. shoes八It was sunday. I never get up early _1_ sundays. I sometimes stay _2_ until lunch time. Last sunday i _3_ very late. I looked _4_ the window. It was dark outside. "what a day!" i thought. "it _5_ again." just then the telephone _6_. It was my aunt lucy. "i've just arrived _7_ train," she said, "i am coming to _8_ you.""but i'm still having breakfast." i said."what are you doing?" she said."i'm having _9_," i repeated."dear me," she said, "do you always get up so _10_? It is one o'clock."1. a. for b. on c. at d. in2. a. at bed b. in a bed c. one a bed d. in bed3. a. went to work b. stood up c. got up d. was4. a. out of b. at c. from d. up5. a. was fine b. is rained c. was dark d. is raining6. a. called b. came c. rang d. stopped7. a. by b. on c. with d. in8. a. ask b. help c. see d. look for9. a. tea b. breakfast c. supper d. lunch10. a. soon b. slowly c. early d. late九My parents and I love traveling very much. Now we are in a country of 1 and windmills (风车). It is the Netherlands. There are 2 than 2,000 windmills in the Netherlands. They still 3 on the farms.About 20% of its land 4 from the sea. The tulip(郁金香)is a symbol (标志)of the 5 .People celebrate(庆祝)Tulip Festival every 6 . There are a lot of 7 in this country. You can enjoy good milk and cheese here. Yum People here love to ride 8 bikes. What do Dutch kids do 9 they pass their exams? They often hang(悬挂) a school bag and a national flag 10 the gate! Come and have a good time in the Netherlands!1. A. cars B. flowers C. buses D. trees2. A. much B. more C. fewer D. many3. A. sleep B. live C. work D. enjoy4. A. comes B. are C. go D. gets5. A. park B. school C. farm D. country6. A. year B. day C. month D. morning7. A. monkeys B. cows C. lions D. dogs8. A. a B. an C. the D. /9. A. because B. before C. so D. when10. A. in B. on C. at D. to十Every school has its own rules. In some schools in America, students 1 chew gum(口香糖).Some schools in Britain don't let their 2 have strange hairstyles. However, one 3 is very popular around the world: students 4 to wear uniforms on schooldays, but many students don't like to wear the school uniforms. They think the uniforms are the ugliest 5 in the world, but schools don't let their students wear 6 own clothes at school. Some students draw cartoons or some famous singers on their 7 . They think it is very 8 that everyone wears the same clothes.What do you think 9 it? Do you 10 your school uniform?1. A. can't B. have to C. can D. don't have to2. A. classmates B. students C. boys D. girls3. A. school B. class C. rule D. uniform4. A. has B. must C. should . D. have5. A. clothes B. shirts C. skirts D. cloth6. A. their B. they C. them D. themselves7. A. school bags B. books C. uniforms D. desks8. A. bored B. boring C. interesting D. interested9. A. of B. over C. by D. for10. A. like B. make C. wash D. put on十一My dad was a fisherman, and he loved the sea. He had a boat, but it was 1 to make a living on the sea. He worked hard and stayed out 2 he caught enough(足够的)fish for the family.When the weather was 3 , my father didn't work, and he drove me to school. Before he left, he would give me a big kiss(亲吻)on the face 4 tell me to be a good boy. It was so embarrassing(尴尬的) for me.I remembered(记住) the day. I was 12 years old. I thought I was too old for a good-bye kiss. We got to school and came to a stop. He had his usual big smile and started to kiss 5 before he left, but I put my hand up and said, "No, dad. "It was the 6 time that I talked to him in that way and he felt very surprised(惊讶的).I said, "Dad, I'm too old for a good-bye kiss. I'm too old for any kind of kiss. "My dad looked at me 7 a long time, and his eyes were filled with tears. I never saw him 8 . '6You are right, "he said. "You are a big boy a 9 . I won't kiss you any more."It wasn't long after that when my dad went to the sea and never came back. I was so sad that I wanted one more 10 from my father.1. A. easy B. hard C. careful D. careless2. A. if B. when C. until D. after3. A. bad B. fine C. cold D. hot4. A. but B. so C. or D. and5. A. you B. me C. him D. her6. A. one B. next C. first D. last7. A. for B. in C. of D. on8. A. smile B. cry C. say D. move9. A. boy B. child C. man D. baby10. A. time B. look C. thing D. kiss十二In many classrooms, it's not 1 to find students spinning (旋转) their pens 2 they listen to their teachers.Pen-spinning is also popular 3 Japanese students. It is a form of entertainment. Recently, a pen-spinning competition was held in Tokyo, Japan. Ryuki Omura, a 16-year-old high school student, became the first pen-spinning 4 .276 people took part in the competition. They came from different age groups. Some were students 5 some were office workers. First, they 6 the videos of their pen-spinning skills to the organizer's website. Then some of them came to the last round in Tokyo. 7 of them had 30 seconds to show their skills in front of 400 people, 8 reporters and fans. Omura took a pen from his little finger to the rest fingers, then to his palm(手掌)and the back of his hand. His wonderful show made him 9 the champion.Omura said he began learning pen-spinning only about 14 months ago. He did 10 in the competition. If you like to spin your pen, you can practice it in your spare time. But when you are in the class, please don't do that.1. A. difficult B. easy C. common2. A. before B. when C. after3. A. for B. between C. among4. A. chairman B. captain C. champion5. A. or B. and C. with6. A. were sent B. sent C. was sent7. A. Each B. Both C. Every8. A. includes B. included C. including9. A. become B. became C. becomes10. A. quite good B. quite well C. quite better十三You like surfing the Internet in your free time, don't you? But do youknow "Happy Farm (开心农场)"? If you l "Happy Farm" is a farm inthe countryside, you are wrong. "Happy Farm" is a computer 2 .Players have their own farm and do things 3 farmers do on a farm.They plant seeds, water plants, pick worms (虫子) and harvest(收获) crops.I have a farm, too. Every night after 4 my homework, I turn onMy computer to take care of my farm. Every player should take care oftheir farm often. First, I harvest my crops 5 they are fully grown(成熟了).6 , I sell the crops. Third, I go shopping and7 seeds. Fourth, I plant the seeds and wait for another harvest. In "Happy Farm", players can steal(偷) the crops8 other people's farms. In order to protect(保护) the crops, some players have a9 on their farm. I don't have enough money to buy a dog. 10 I have a plan. First, I will save money by selling my crops. and then I will have enough money to get a dog.1. A. think B. take C. bring D. want2. A. farm B. class C. sport D. game3. A. on B. about C. as D. for4. A. did B. doing C. do D. does5. A. before B. where C. if D. who6. A. First B. Second C. Third D. Fourth7. A. pant B. steal C. sell D. buy8. A. with B. about C. from D. after9. A. dog B. cat C. monkey D. tiger10. A. But B. So C. And D. Then十四My family took a trip to New York City last summer. Wewere very excited. It was our first trip to New York. We 1to New York on Sunday morning. The weather was sunny.The trip on the plane was very fine. We arrived at about 3:00p. m. We stayed there for one 2 .We didn't have much 3 time during our visit to New York. We were busy. On Monday, we visited the science museum. The next day, we 4 the train to Long Beach. It was interesting and we had a 5 time.However (然而), one day was really exciting for 6 . On Friday, we wanted to go to Central Park. 7 , we took a subway into the city. Later on, we took a bus to Central Park. There were many people on the bus. After ten minutes, we got off (下车) the bus at the park. But we found Maria wasn't with us. She was 8 ! She didn't get off. My father 9 the bus. At last, the driver .8topped the bus and Maria got off. She was very careful on the buses and trains after that.We came back to Los Angeles the next day. We got home late Saturday evening. We were10 , but we were happy. We had a wonderful time in New York. However,Maria is never going to forget her scary bus trip.1. A. walked B. flew C. got D. moved2. A. day B. week C. month D. year3. A. free B. busy C. interesting D. good4. A. bought B. saw C. took D. drove5. A. quiet B. boring C. happy D. sad6. A. me B. Maria C. my mother D. my father7. A. First B. At last C. Then D. After that8. A. in the street B. on the trainC. at the parkD. on the bus9. A. ran after B. looked after C. looked for D. waited for10. A. excited B. scared C. surprised D. tired十五It was the first day of biology class. The teacher wanted to give a good 1 to his class. He wanted to 2 his students' eyes to the world of biology.He knew that 3 young students was not easy, so he worked 4 and tried to find a good way to teach this class. 5 thinking for a long time, he made a 6 at last. He decided to show the kids something 7 and teach them a lesson at the same time.He asked his students to 8 carefully. Then he began. He put a worm(虫子) into a glass of water. The worm 9 around in the water. Then he put a second worm into a glass full of alcohol(酒精). It died at once. He asked the students if anyone knew about 10 they learned from it. A boy said, "You showed us that if we drink alcohol we won't have worms. "1. A. pay B. start C. day D. tour2. A. go to B. open up C. call up D. keep out3. A. sending B. fitting C. following D. teaching4. A. hard B. quickly C. loudly D. alone5. A. Before B. While C. After D. When6. A. story B. decision C. cake D. face7. A. crazy B. impossible C. strange D. interesting8. A. watch B. use C. listen D. write9. A. flied B. ran C. jumped D. swam10. A. what B. how C. when D. why十六I like 1 . Every Sunday I get up early and go to a river by bikethree kilometers away from my home. This morning, my wife(妻子)2 to go with me. We go by car first and then walk to the3 .We began to fish. In two hours I catch(抓,捉)nothing."Why don' t you let me try?" my 'wife asks. "All right. "I 4 . She 5 six big fish in half an hour."I 6 go home first and I will cook them for lunch. You can 7 the bus home. "she says.I stay by the river 8 catch only an old shoe. I 9 a little angry with myself. 10 is the fish man in the family? My wife or I?1. A. fish B. fishing C. fished D. for fish2. A. wants B. to want C. like D. likes3. A. bike B. car C. river D. home4. A. speak B. says C. tell D. answer5. A. catch B. catches C. to catch D. catching6. A. can't B. can C. will D. may7. A. gets B. takes C. get D. take8. A. but B. and C. or D. also9. A. feel B. was C. be D. were10. A. What B. Where C. Who D. Why十七Today is the last day of my spring vacation(假期), so I wanted 1 alittle story about it. I really like to stay at home with my family and 2 Ilike to hang out with my friends. When I am at home, I like to eat, playgames with my sister, read, ride my 3 and kick a ball around.The first night of my vacation, Tony and I didn't go to bed 4 verylate and had lots of fun! The next morning we all went outside and rode our bikes. Tony tried to ride his little sister's tricycle(三轮车). He was 5 big!After a few days, I went to my friend Liam's house. But before I went there, he came to my house and we went golfing (打高尔夫球). Guess what? He 6 , I lost! And then we had hot dogs! 7 fun we had!Yesterday we went over to 8 friend's house. Her name is Kathleen. She is one of my 9 friends. Oh yeah, my sister's name is Kathryn. Sorry, I didn't tell you that earlier. We 10 there for a few hours and we had a good time.1. A. write B. wrote C. to write D. writing2. A. sometimes B. often C. always D. ever3. A. bed B. book C. bus D. bike4. A. before B. until C. after D. when5. A. many too B. too manyC. too muchD. much too6. A. had B. won C. drank D. slept7. A. What B. Where C. How D. Why8. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others9. A. sister B. sisters C. sister's D. sisters'10. A. stay B. stayed C. live D. lived十八Brian is my good friend. He has a five-year- old daughter, Lydia.Lydia likes animals very much and always 1 to have a dog. ThisSunday is Lydia's birthday. Brian wants to buy 2 a dog. So he goesto the 3 near his home. He says hello to Paul, the owner(主人)of the store. Paul says hello to him, too. Brian says, "This is a cleanand 4 pet store. " Then he walks around the store. 5 he doesn't see any pets. "Excuse me. 6 are the pets?" he asks. "The pets are right here," says Paul. Then Paul 7 him a catalog (目录簿). Brian sees 8 pictures of pets in it, like dogs, cats and birds. "You only need to 9 me the pet you like," says Paul. "We can mail(邮寄)it to you. " "What if I don't like it?" asks Brian. " 10 mail it back," says Paul. "Oh, sounds interesting," says Brian.1. A. forgets B. wishes C. stops D. writes2. A me B. you C. her D. him3. A. pet store B. zooC. clothes storeD. library4. A. quiet B. boring C. lazy D. young5. A. Or B. So C. Because D. But6. A. Where B. When C. What D. How7. A. works B. shows C. keeps D. walks8. A. other B. more C. many D. any9. A. help B. tell C. buy D. sell10. A. Sure B. Also C. Still D. Just十九Mr. and Mrs. William are having their holiday in Rome. It is an oldcity, and a new city, too. They are staying in a very good hotel in thecenter 1 the city.Rome is 2 a beautiful city. The air is fresh; the sky is clear andblue. Cool wind makes people 3 relaxed. Every day in the morning,the Williams stand 4 the hotel window, watching the cars 5 . onthe streets. They also like to walk around in the city. They walk from one place to another. Sometimes they go 6 a store and buy some presents for their friends and relatives at home.People in Rome 7 hospitable and friendly. The Williams like to talk with the local people and each year they 8 some new friends in the city. " 9 you are in Rome, you will do what they do and forget all the 10 from work," Mrs. William says. "Rome is the best place to relax".1. A. in B. of C. with D. at2. A. really B. mostly C. nearly D. almost3. A. feeling B. to feel C. feel D. felt4. A. in B. by C. across D. on5. A. come and go B. came and wentC. coming and goingD. coming and goes6. A. in B. to C. toward D. into7. A. is B. are C. was D. were8. A. make B. take C. with D. and9. A. That B. What C. When D. After10. A. worry B. worried C. worries D. worrying二十Do you often smile? Smile is very nice. It is like 1 . It letsus feel warm in our 2 . It is like the sunshine and it makes usbright 3 our eyes.Smile is very important in our lives. When you are 4 ,make a big smile face. It can make you happy 5 ; When youare worried, make a big smile face. It can help 6 keep coolagain; When you aren't successful, make a big smile face. It can help you 7 again and work harder.Smile is very easy. 8 it is very useful. So let's learn to smile. Everyone 9 smiles. When we give others a smile, we can feel happy, too. When you 10 0thers' smile faces, you can feel warm.1. A. a summer wind B. a spring windC. a fall windD. a winter wind2. A. hearts B. eyes C. mouths D. hands3. A. with B. on C. in D. at4. A. happy B. glad C. exciting D. sad5. A. too B. again C. also D. together6. A. him B. her C. you D. me7. A. do B. have C. go D. try8. A. But B. Because C. Or D. Since9. A. does B. sees C. buys D. needs10. A. make B. see C. give D. do参考答案:一1、选c。

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习附答案(50篇)

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习附答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Once upon a time,a hippo(河马)lived in a river next to a big tree.One day,a bird came and nested(筑巢)in the (1).The songs of the bird filled the hippo with so much envy that he couldn't think of anything else.Every day he would think (2)C he wasn't born to be a bird though the bird told him many times he was so (3)A to be so big and such a good (4)A.Finally,the hippo (5) that he would come out of the river,climb the tree and start (6)D.However,when he tried to climb the tree,it was very (7) that the hippo didn't have wings,nor claws to climb with.Realizing that he would (8)C climb up the tree,he (9) hit the tree until it came crashing to the ground.Then he stepped onto the leaves of the (10)A tree,and began singing.Unluckily,hippos can't sing,either.All that came from his (11)C were terrible noises,and whom the other animals(12)D this,they all came around to make fun of the hippo.He was ashamed by this. He also felt bad about having knocked the tree over. He used all his strength to raise the tree back up again, and look after it (13)it completely recovered (康复)In our life,the (14)C of our effort is of great importance.If we work hard in the wrong direction,the result won't be the one we(15)A.(1)A.river B.tree C.mountain D.sky(2)A.when B.what C. why D. where(3)A.lucky B.sad C. shy D. unlucky(4)A.swimmer B.climber C. runner D.driver(5)A.hoped B.decided. C.thought D.explained(6)A.flying B.running C.swimming D.singing(7)A.different B.difficult C.clear D. easy(8)A.often B.always C.never D.sometimes(9)A.happily B.angrily C. excitedly D. peacefully(10)A.fallen C.excitedly C. broken D. risen(11)A.eyes B.nose C. mouth D. ears(12)A. saw B. smelled C. tasted D. heard(13)A. unless B.until C. if D.chance(14)A. degree B.time C. direction D.explore(15)A. expect B. express C. experience D. explore【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了有一头河马因为羡慕嫉妒岸边树上的鸟儿会歌唱,所以他从河里爬出来要爬到树上歌唱。

[精选]初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

[精选]初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Books come to life in Australia once a year,when students dress up as their favorite characters and come to school.They are (36)A part in Book WeekEach year (37)A August,schools and libraries across Australia (38)C a week celebrating this big activity.(39)C dresses up in costumes,even the teachers.Many dress up as characters from books or (40),like Snow White,Peter Pan and Harry Potter.Others dress up as famous (41)heroes to celebrate this country's history."It's a fun way to focus on (42)D and the children really enjoy it,whether they like reading or not.."said an Australian junior school teacher.Some students do a lot (43)A the best costume.Sydney costume shop owner Nikki Yeaman said Book Week was her shop's (44)time of year for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme(主题) for boys and girls,"Mrs.Yeaman said." And we can (45)D have enough stock (库存)of Matilda's blue dress.She is so popular (46)the TV show,but also because the adults still love the books.Book Week is a(47)C time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book.According to Gail Erskine,"Books (48)children to read about other places in the world…and escape(逃离) their own (49)A and learn empathy(共鸣)about another character."She also said the basics of reading started from " age zero"and that the key was (50)C a good picture book.36.A.taking B.attending C.joining D.meeting37.A.in B.on C.at D.to38.A.take B.cost C.spend D.pay39.A.Someone B.Anyone C.Everyone D.No one40.A.cinemas B.films C.libraries D.magazines41.A.American B.Australian C.British D.Canadian42.A.teaching B.learning C.listening D.reading43.A.to have B.have C.having D.had44.A.easiest B.busiest C.hardest D.funniest45.A.always B.usually C.often D.never46.A.instead of B.because of C.such as D.for example47.A.funny B.hard C.great D.excited48.A.make B.allow C.hope D.let49.A.world B.family C.parents D.friends50.A.find B.found C.finding D.finds【分析】文章介绍了澳大利亚的读书周,并介绍了读书的好处和意义以及如何阅读.【解答】36.A 考查动词,A taking 带走B.attending参加C.joining加入D.meeting遇到,根据part in ,可知是短语take part in参加,固定短语,故选A.37.A 考查介词,A.in在里面 B.on在上面 C.at在…D.to 到…,根据August,可知月份前用介词in,故选A.38.C 考查动词,A.take带走B.cost花费C spend花费D.pay付款,根据动词celebrating ,可知是句型spend…doing sth花费…做某事,故选C.39.C 考查代词,A Someone某人 B.Anyone任何人 C.Everyone每人 D.No one 没人,根据 even the teachers.甚至老师,说明所有的学生,甚至老师都穿着礼服,故选C.40.B 考查名词,A.cinemas电影院B.films电影C.libraries图书馆D.magazines杂志,根据like Snow White,Peter Pan and Harry Potter,可知是指书或者电影,故选B.41.B 考查形容词,A.American美国的B.Australian澳大利亚的C.British英国的D.Canadian加拿大的,根据文章开始Books come to life in Australia once a year,推出是澳大利亚的英雄,故选B.42.D 考查动词,A teaching教B learning学C.listening听D reading读,根据后文whether they like reading or not不管他们喜欢不喜欢阅读,推出此处指的是阅读,故选D.43.A 考查动词,A to have有,不定式 B.have原形C having动名词 D.had过去式,根据Some students do a lot…the best costume,可知此处是不定式表目的,故选A.44.B 考查形容词,A.easiest最容易的B.busiest最忙的C hardest最努力的D.funniest 最滑稽的,根据for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme(主题) for boys and girls,推出很多学生买服装,所以是服装店最忙的时候,故选B.45.D 考查副词,A always总是 B.usually通常 C.often经常 D.never 从不,根据She is so popular ,可知受欢迎的就很畅销,不会有库存,故选D.46.B 考查短语,A.instead of代替B because of因为C such as例如D.for example例如,根据后文 but also because …而且也因为…,推出此处是指原因"因为",故选B.47.C 考查形容词,A funny滑稽的 B hard努力的 C.great伟大的 D.excited 激动的,根据Book Week is a…time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book.结合想想,推出句意:图书周是让孩子远离屏幕回到书本的好时间,故选C.48.B 考查动词,A.make使…B.allow允许;给予C.hope希望D.let让…,根据to read ,可知make,let后接动词原形,故排除A D;结合句意:书本可以让学生了解世界其他地方,allow sb to do sth允许某人做某事.故选B.49.A 考查名词,A world世界B family家人C parents父母D.friends朋友,根据escape (逃离) their own ,结合选项,可知是指远离他们自己的世界,和书中的角色产生共鸣,故选A.50.C 考查动词,A find找到,原形 B found过去式 C.finding动名词 D.finds三单式,根据the key was…a good picture book,关键是找到一本好的图书,此处是动名词作表语,故选C.2.Dear Dad,Happy birthday to you! (36)D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way. I am not good at (37)C you my feelings face to face, so I'm writing to show my deep (38) for you.You are not rich or famous. But in my heart, you are one of the greatest (39) in the world.I' m proud(骄傲)of you.You are (40)A interested in fame or wealth(名利).But you often (41)Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork. You work(42) as a manager in your company(公司).The smile on your face shows you are (43)A with our family. You take good care of my grandparents.You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays.Now I am sorry to say I didn't (44)D you my love before, but I am thankful for what you have done for me.I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)C now I can let you know how much I love you.Wish you happiness forever!Yours,son 36. A. In B. At C. By D. On37. A. talking B. saying C. telling D. speaking38. A. pleasure B. love C. dream D. advice39. A. mothers B. fathers C. brothers D. sisters40. A. never B. often C. already D. always41.A. give B. make C. drive D. get42. A. quite B. hard C. only D. nearly43. A. happy B. kind C. sad D. angry44. A. bring B. take C. carry D. show45. A. Or B. But C. So D. Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信,大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈,所以要写信表达.大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一.他的爸爸总是努力地工作.他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意.他照顾爷爷奶奶,帮助大卫学习.大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉.为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢.为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴.【解答】36.D 考查介词及语境的理解.A. in 在……里B. at 在……(时间点,地点)C. By直到,通过(方式)D. On在……上面;在某一天;根据后面this special day特殊的一天,具体某一天.故选D.37.C 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.talking谈论B.saying 说(后面是说的话)C.telling告诉D. speaking讲(语言);根据 I am not good at (37)you my feelings faceto face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法,告诉想法.故选C.38.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A高兴;B爱;C梦想;D建议;根据前面是爸爸的生日,应该是展示我对你的爱,故选择B.39.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A妈妈;B爸爸;C兄弟;D姐妹;根据上文,David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一,可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪.故选B.40.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.never从不B.often经常;C.already已经D.always总是;根据上下文可以判断,David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人,可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人.故选A.41.C 考查动词及语境的理解.A给;B使;C开;D得到;根据后面to school,应该是开车送我去上学,故选择C.42.B 考查副词和语境的理解.A非常,相当;B硬,努力;C仅仅;D几乎,差不多;根据前面work工作,应该是努力工作,故选择B.43.A 考查形容词和语境的理解.A开心;B和蔼;C伤心;D生气;根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上,应该是开心的;故选择A.44.D 考查动词及语境的理解.A带来;B拿;C携带;D展示;you my love before,应该是向你展示我的爱,故选择D.45.C 考查连词及语境的理解.A或者;B但是;C所以;D然后;根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)now I can let you know how much I love you.我很幸运,我有这样一个伟大的父亲.(45)现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你.因果关系,故选择C.3.My dream home is very big and clean.It is near the(1).I can watch the sea and.(2)A volleyball on the beach.My grandparents live(3)C us in the big house.(4)A room is(5)the first floor.I always chat with them and help them(6)C some housework on the weekend.On the(7)D floor,there is a kitchen and a dining room.All the family(8)will have dinner there.My bedroom,study and bathroom are on the third floor.There is a big balcony in my bedroom.I can play games,read books and chat(9)C my friends there.The furniture(家具)in my house is all made of wood.It is good(10)D my health.I like(11)A to music while reading books in my bedroom.I always ask my friends(12)C here.My parents' room is on the fourth floor.It's(13)A very big and clean.There is a big and nice garden behind the big house.There are many flowers and(14)tall trees in it.In summer,I can sit under the trees with my family.Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.I can(15)A freely in it.I think it is very comfortable to live in my dream home.(1)A.river B.sea C.ground D.school(2)A.play B.to play C.play the D.play with(3)A.at B.for C.with D.of(4)A.Their B.Her C.Our D.Your(5)A.in B.on C.with D.of(6)A.does B.doing C.do D.is doing(7)A.fourth B.third C.first D.second(8)A.pets B.members C.things D.animals(9)A.of B.about C.with D.on(10)A.at B.to C.with D.for(11)A.listening B.leading C.withing D.doing(12)A.to look for B.to clean C.to come D.to leave(13)A.also B.too C.either D.but(14)A.few B.a few C.little D.a little(15)A.swim B.dance C.read D.run【分析】本文叙述了作者理想中的家园,是一个带有一个花园的在海边的大房子,有四层楼,父母、祖父母都住在一起,自己有独立的房间,可以玩游戏、读书还可以和朋友一起聊天.花园后有一个游泳池,可以在里面游泳.【解答】1.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.river河水;B.sea海洋;C.ground地面;D.school学校.我的梦想的家在海洋附近.根据I can watch the sea 可知这里指的是海洋,故选B.2.A 考查动词及语境的理解.我可以看海和在海滩打篮球.play with sb和某人一起玩.这里play +球类运动,故选A.3.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我的祖父母和我们住在一个大的房子里.这里是短语live with sb 和某人一起.故选C.4.A 考查代词及语境的理解.A.Their他们的;B.Her她的;C.Our我们的;D.Your 你的.他们的房间是在一楼.这里指的是祖父母的,所以应该用their,故选A.5.B 考查介词及语境的理解.他们的房间是在一楼.在某层楼上,应该用介词on,故选B.6.C 考查动词及语境的理解.我总是和他们聊天,在周末帮助他们做一些家务.这里是短语help sb do sth帮助某人做某事.故选C.7.D 考查序数词及语境的理解.A.fourth第四;B.third第三;C.first第一;D.second第二.在二楼有厨房和餐厅.根据下文My bedroom ,study and bathroom are on the third floor.可知这里叙述的是二楼的情况,故选D.8.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A.pets宠物;B.members成员;C.things东西;D.animals动物.我们的家庭成员在那里吃饭.根据上文可知这里指的是家里的成员,故选B.9.C 考查介词及语境的理解.我可以和我的朋友玩游戏、读书和聊天.这里是短语chat with sb和某人聊天,故选C.10.D 考查介词及语境的理解.它对我们的身体健康都是有益的.这里是固定短语be good for对……有益.故选D.11.A 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.listening听;B.leading领导;C.withing,with是介词不能加ing;D.doing做.在我的房间里读书的时候我喜欢听音乐.这里是短语like doing喜欢做某事;故选A.12.C 考查动词不定式及语境的理解.A.to look for寻找;B.to clean擦干净;C.to come来;D.to leave离开.我请求我的朋友来这里.这里是短语ask sb to do sth请某人做某事.根据句意故选C.13.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.also也,用于句中;B.too也,用于肯定句或疑问句;C.either也,用于否定句;D.but但是.它也是很大很干净的.根据这里的空格在句中所以用also,故选A.14.B 考查形容词及语境的理解.A.few几个;B.a few一些;C.little很少;D.a little 有点.有许多花和一些高树在花园里.A few修饰可数名词.故选B.15.A 考查动词及语境的理解.A.swim游泳;B.dance跳舞;C.read读;D.run 跑.我可以在泳池里游泳.根据Behind the garden,there is a swimming pool.可知这里应该指的游泳,故选A.4.In a small village,there lived a potter(陶工).He had a donkey.Every day his donkey would(36)C soil from the field to his house.Since the field was quite far away,the potter would rest under a tree midway,(37)D his donkey nearby.One day,the potter forgot to take the (38)with which he tied the donkey every day.When he reached the tree,he thought,"How do I tie this donkey today?He might (39)A if I sleep." The potter decided to lie down(40) the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away.But(41) this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest.A wise saint (圣人),who (42)D to be passing by,saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears.Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was.When he was (43)what the problem was,the wise saint said, "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day.Pretend(假装) to tie him using a(n)(44)A rope.I promise you that he won't run away." The potter did what the saint had said.He left the donkey and went to take a rest.When he woke up,to his surprise,he found the donkey standing in the(45)C place.Soon the potter prepared to leave for home.(46) the donkey did not move. "What is wrong with this donkey?" shouted the potter in frustration.(47)C,the potter saw the wise saint again.He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's(48)D behavior.The saint said, "You tied up the donkey,but did youuntie him?Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey."The potter (49) the saint's advice.Now the donkey was ready to leave for home.The potter understood that donkey was a bonded(被束缚的) donkey.The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey.The donkey is stupid and (50)A are those people who can't get away from old habits.Sometimes,the unseen rope is more confining(束缚的)than the one that can be seen.36.A.take B.buy C.carry D.bring37.A.leading B.training C.feeding D.tying38.A.stick B.rope C.cloth D.silk39.A.run away B.give up C.run out D.turn around40.A.hitting B.holding C.hiding D.helping41.A.by B.in C.on D.with42.A.seemed B.appeared C.meant D.happened43.A.mentioned B.told C.asked D.advised44.A.safe B.soft C.imaginary D.fixed45.A.same B.similar C.special D.wrong46.A.And B.But C.Or D.So47.A.Happily B.Personally C.Luckily D.Unluckily48.A.proper B.funny C.proud D.strange49.A.offered B.followed C.received D.refused50.A.so B.neither C.also D.too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA5.Numbers in different countries may have different meanings.In China,some people think that some numbers bring them (1)A.Take "8" for example,the Chinese pronunciation of the number "8" has almost the (2)sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa:]",which means making a fortune (命运).So,many Chinese people spend a lot of (3)to get their telephone numbers or car numbers to include this number "8".They believe without (4)C doubt (怀疑) that the number will bring them money.(5)A,others don't believe that numbers have anything to do with good luck.Theythink such an idea is only an ignorant(愚昧的) and superstitious (迷信的)belief.A number is one thing,and good luck is(6)C.They will ask,"(7)A can you ever have any good luck simply because of some lucky numbers,even if you don't work hard,don't have good opportunities(机会)and don't get along well with the people around you?As for me,I (8)A with the latter (后者).Clearly,lucky numbers are only a kind of superstition.Perhaps it holds true for some cases,but often it does not.Numbers can(9)C bring good luck to a person at all and our fortune is in our own hands.So,everyone can have a good fortune only if he tries his best.Let's always remember "Opportunities are only for the(10)C mind" and "No pains,no gains."(1)A.good luck B.bad luck C.help D.hope(2)A.different B.same C.easy D.hard(3)A.time B.money C.things D.jobs(4)A.no B.some C.any D.nothing(5)A.However B.But C.Finally D.Moreover(6)A.other B.the other C.another D.others(7)A.How B.What C.Why D.When(8)A.agree B.disagree C.dislike D.like(9)A.often B.always C.never D.sometimes(10)A.clever B.lucky C.prepared D.helpful【分析】本文说的是数字与好运的关系.数字在不同的国家有不用的意义.在中国,有人认为某些数字能给人带来好运,而有人并不这样认为.文章举例说明了这个问题.【解答】(1)A 考查短语.A.good luck 好运B.bad luck坏运气C.help帮助D.hope 希望,根据下文" Take "8" for example,the Chinese pronunciation of the number "8" has almost the(2)sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa:]",which means making a fortune"可知,某些人认为数字8能给他们带来"好运",句意:在中国,有些人认为某些数字能给他们带来好运.故选A.(2)B 考查形容词.A.different不同的B.same相同的C.easy容易的D.hard苦难的,根据句中的" has almost the…sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa:]""可知,两个字的发音几乎"相同",句意:以数字8为例,有些人认为它和"发"几乎同音,故选B.(3)B 考查名词.A.time时间B.money钱C.things事情D.jobs工作,根据句中的"spend"和"to get their telephone numbers or car numbers to include this number‘8'"可知,为了购买含有这个数字8的电话号码或汽车号码,就必须花费"金钱",句意:因此很多中国人花费很多金钱购买含有这个数字"8"的电话号码或汽车号码,故选B.(4)C 考查形容词.A.no没有 B.some一些 C.any任一 D.nothing没事,根据题干,可知空格处为定语,修饰介宾(名词)doubt,故填形容词.without any doubt毫不怀疑地.句意:他们毫不怀疑地相信,这个数字会给他们带来钱财,故选C.(5)A 考查连词.A.However然而B.But但是C.Finally最后D.Moreover而且,根据题干,可知是指:然而,另外一些人并不相信数字跟好运有任何关系.本句和上文在意思和语气上有转折关系,表示两种截然不同的观点,故选A.(6)C 考查形容词.A.other其他的,泛指,单数B.the other其他的,特指C.another 另一;再一D.others其他的,泛指,复数,根据句中的"one"可知,两个句子涉及"one…another",意思是"一个……另一个……",句意:数字是一回事,好运是另一回事,故选C.(7)A 考查代词.A.How如何 B.What什么 C.Why为什么 D.When什么时间,根据题干,可知空格处为状语,且表示方式,故用how引导特殊疑问句,句意:仅仅依靠某些幸运数字,你怎么能有好运呢?,故选A.(8)A 考查动词.A.agree同意 B.disagree不同意 C.dislike不喜欢 D.like喜欢,根据句中的"with"可知,本句是agree with句型,表示"同意某人的观点".根据下文" Clearly,lucky numbers are only a kind of superstition"也可验证此处的意思,句意:至于我,我同意后者,故选A.(9)C 考查副词.A.often经常 B.always总是 C.never从不 D.sometimes有时,根据题干,可知空格处为状语,故填副词.根据句中的"at all"可知,空格处为表示否定意义的副词,句意:数字根本不能给人带来好运,并且我们的命运掌握在自己的手中,故选C.(10)C 考查形容词.A.clever聪明的B.lucky幸运的 C.prepared准备好的 D.helpful 有帮助的,根据常识可知,本句是一句人人皆知的名言,且空格处表示"有准备的;做好准备的",句意:机会总是属于有准备的人,故选C.6.My chance came at last.Our school was going to hold a sports meeting.I knew what it (1)D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it.I(2)running and jumping.When I was (3)C,I(4)D myself of my promise and went on.As the time approached(靠近),I felt quite confident.On the first day I(5)fourth in the 1500 m race,but I was far from(6)A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race.I would run the last leg for my team.With a shot,the race began.All the students were (7)C for their team.The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous.Before my turn came,my team was (8)D the others.Even worse,I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to (9)A it.But after that,there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible.Just when I was approaching the finish line,my legs gave out.Then my (10)A came to mind again and urged(催促) me on.To my (11)C,I was the first to cross the finish line!(12)D,I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not (13) at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly.I had won the prize as well as their (14)C.From the sports meeting,I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they(15)A to be.Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result.(1)A.mattered B.held C.brought D.meant(2)A.exercised B.practiced C.chose D.tried(3)A.lazy B.sad C.tired D.hungry(4)A.braved B.told C.encouraged D.reminded (5)A.ended B.got C.came D.ran(6)A.pleased B.proud C.excited D.happy(7)A.heading B.racing C.cheering D.shouting(8)A.failing behind B.leading C.catching up with D.falling behind (9)A.catch B.hold C.pass D.take(10)A.promise B.coach C.teacher D.classmate (11)A.joy B.expectation C.surprise D.sadness(12)A.As a result B.After all C.Above all D.At last(13)A.bad B.weak C.slow D.lazy(14)A.congratulations B.support C.respect D.pride(15)A.seem B.choose C.look D.expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会,积极去锻炼做准备.在运动上,在他的团队落后的情况下,他并不气馁,最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩.作者最后总结出:只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果.【解答】1.D.考查动词.mattered 重要;held 举行;brought 带来;meant意味着.根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知,我校要举办运动会.我知道这对我来说意味着什么.于是我早早起来准备.故选D.2.B.考查动词.exercised 锻炼;practiced 练习;chose 选择;tried尝试.根据语境可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.practice doing sth练习做某事.故选B.3.C.考查形容词.lazy懒惰的;sad伤心的;tired 疲倦的;hungry饥饿的.根据上文"I (2)running and jumping"可知,我练习跑步和跳跃.当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.故选C.4.D.考查动词.braved 勇敢面对;told告诉;encouraged鼓励;reminded提醒.根据语境可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.remind sb of sth提醒某人某事.故选D.5.B.考查动词.ended 结束;got 得到;came 来到;ran跑.根据语境可知,第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名.故选B.6.A.考查形容词.pleased高兴的(满意的);proud骄傲的;excited激动的;happy高兴的.根据语境可知,但是我并不满意,因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛.故选A.7.C.考查现在分词.heading 朝着……前进;racing跑;cheering欢呼;shouting喊叫.根据语境可知,所有学生都为自己的队伍加油.故选C.8.D.考查现在分词短语.failing behind (错误短语);leading领导;catching up with赶上;falling behind落后于.根据语境可知,在轮到我跑之前,我的队伍落后于其他团队.故选D.9.A.考查动词.catch 接住(抓住);hold 举办(容纳);pass经过;take带走.根据语境可知,更糟糕的是,当我试图抓住接力棒的时候,我差点把它掉在地上.故选A.10.A.考查名词.promise诺言;coach教练;teacher老师;classmate同学.根据上文"When I was (3),I (4)myself of my promise and went on"可知,当我疲倦的时候,我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言.这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言,它督促我继续前进.故选C.11.C.考查名词.joy欢乐;expectation 例外;surprise吃惊;sadness伤心.根据上文"Before my turn came,my team was (8)the others"和"Even worse,I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to (9)it"可知,在轮到我跑之前,我的队伍落后于其他团队.更糟糕的是,当我试图抓住接力棒的时候,我差点把它掉在地上.令我吃惊的是,我是第一个跨过终点线的.故选C.12.D.考查介词短语.As a result结果;After all 毕竟;Above all 首先;At last最后.根据语境可知,最终,我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱.故选D.13.B.考查形容词.bad 坏的;weak 弱的;slow 慢的;lazy懒惰的.根据上文"To my (11),I was the first to cross the finish line"可知,令我吃惊的是,我是第一个跨过终点线的.最终,我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱.故选B.14.C.考查名词.congratulations 祝贺;support 支持;respect 尊重;pride骄傲.根据上文"My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly"可知,我的同学都对我表示热烈祝贺,我紧紧地拥抱他们.我赢得了奖励和他们的尊重.故选C.15.A.考查动词.seem看似;choose选择;look看;expect期待.根据语境可知,通过这次运动会,我懂得了,有时事情并不像它们表面上看起来那样困难.seem to do sth看上去.故选A.7.A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars.He called himself an astrologer (占星家)(1)A,and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing(凝视)at the(2)D.One evening after eating supper with his friends,he was walking(3)the open road outside the village. His eyes were fixed on the stars. He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand.(4), he went into a hole. It was(5)A of mud (泥)and water.There he stood up to his ears,in the muddy water,madly clawing (用手抓)at the sides of the(6)C. He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)D he didn't make it.And then his cries for help soon brought the (8)A coming to the hole quickly. They (9)him out of the mud as hard as they could. One of the villagers said, "You always want to read the future in the stars, yet you(10)to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you. Please let the future take care of(12)A."What use is it," said another, to read the stars,(13)A can't you see what is right here on the earth?" Take care of the little things first, and the(14) things will take care of themselves. The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence. He felt very sad and shameful.(1)A. proudly B. easily C. happily D. luckily(2)A. sea B. sun C. moon D. sky(3)A. near B. along C. above D. with(4)A. Finally B. Suddenly C. Carefully D. Hardly(5)A. full B. filled C. empty D. kind(6)A. water B. mud C. hole D. road(7)A. if B. and C. so D. but(8)A. villagers B. friends C. parents D. neighbors(9)A. pushed B. pulled C. picked D. carried(10)A. treat B. fail C. stop D. wish(11)A. fewer B. more C. less D. worse(12)A. itself B. him C. you D. yourself(13)A. why B. when C. how D. where(14)A. loud B. big C. wise D. active(15)A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事,很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来,并一直为未来担忧,一天晚上他独自在村外走路,想到星星预示着世界末日,便陷入沉思不能自拔,然后突然掉到臭水沟里,他尽力想爬出来,但是他做不到,只好呼救,被村里人救出之后,一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情,不要老想一些不着边际的事情,告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下.【解答】(1)A.考查副词及语境理解.A骄傲地;B容易地;C开心地;D幸运地;根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家,故答案为A.(2)D.考查名词及语境理解.A海洋;B太阳;C月亮;D天空;根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来,这里应该是凝视天空,故答案为D.(3)B.考查介词及语境理解.A附近;B沿着;C在…上方;D和;根据he was walking 可知一天晚上,他沿着村外的小路散步时,walk along沿着…走;故答案为B.(4)B.考查副词及语境理解.A最后;B突然;C小心地;D几乎不;根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里,应该是突然,故答案为B.(5)A.考查形容词及语境理解.A满的;B充满;C空的;D和蔼的;根据It was(5)of mud (泥) and water.应该是充满了泥和水,be full of充满,故答案为A.(6)C.考查名词及语境理解.A水;B泥;C洞;D路;根据He tried his best to climbout of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬,故答案为C.(7)D.考查名词及语境理解.A如果;B和;C所以;D但是;根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole(7)he didn't make it前面说想爬出来,后面说做不到,表转折,故选D.(8)A.考查名词及语境理解.A村民;B朋友;C父母;D邻居;根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了,他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救,故答案为A.(9)B.考查动词及语境理解.A推;B拉;C捡;D携带;根据They(9)him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉,故选B.(10)B.考查动词及语境理解.A款待;B失败,未能;C停止;D希望;根据You pretend to read the future in the stars, and yet you ()to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事,怎么连脚下的路也看不清?故答案为B.(11)B.考查形容词及语境理解.A更少,修饰可数名词;B更多;C更少,修饰不可数名词;D更差;根据This may teach you to pay(11)attention to what is right in front of you.可知希望这件事能够让你清楚,你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情,pay more attention to多加注意,故答案为B.(12)A.考查代词及语境理解.A它自己;B他;C你;D你自己;根据and let the future take care of ()可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧,故答案为A.(13)A.考查连词及语境理解.A为什么;B当…时;C怎样;D哪儿;根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到,故答案为A.(12)B.考查形容及语境理解.A大声的;B大的;C聪明的;D活泼的,根据Take care of the little things first, and the(14)things will take care of themselves,先把小事处理好,后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好,故答案为B.(15)B.考查代词及语境理解.A一些;B没有什么;C所有的;D任何的;根据The "astrologer"(15)to say and went home in silence.可知占星家应该是什么也没说,默默地回家了,故答案为B.8.Two travelling angels stopped to spend the night in the home of a wealthy family.The family was rude and(1)to let the angels stay in the guest room.(2)C,the angels were given a space in the cold basement (地下室).As they made their bed on the hard floor,the older angel saw a hole in the wall and (3)D it.When the younger angel asked (4)D,the older angel replied, "Things aren't always what they seem."The next night,the angels came to (5)at the house of a very poor,but very kind farmer and his wife.After(6)D what little food they had,the couple let the angels sleep in their bed where they could have a good night's rest.When the sun came up the next morning,the angels found the farmer and his wife in (7)A.Their only(8),lay dead in the field.The younger angel was(9)C and asked the older angel,"How could you let this。

精编初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

精编初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.I did something wrong when I was six years old."Which one of you did this?" Dad (1)C.We all looked down at the step.There(2)A child's handwriting there.I was very afraid.I hoped (3)D could see it.Could he guess it was me?When he asked me,I (4)D. "Not me,Dad." My sister and brother also said (5)A.To find out who really wrote on the(6)A,Dad gave us each a piece of(7)C and a pencil, "I would like each of you to write down what you see on the step." I tried my best to (8)C differently.I didn't want Dad(9)D it was me.He picked up our pieces of paper and looked at(10)."Because no one will tell me who did it,I will punish (惩罚) you all."But as the youngest of the(11)C children,I wasn't(12) to tell the truth.(13)A I just stood there and said nothing."I (14)C it." My sister stood forward and answered.So only she was punished.We didn't talk about that day for many years.But I always felt(15)A because of it.(1)A.heard B.invited C.asked D.checked(2)A.was B.were C.is D.are(3)A.everybody B.somebody C.anybody D.nobody(4)A.lie B.lay C.laid D.lied(5)A.no B.yes C.please D.sorry(6)A.step B.wall C.table D.bed(7)A.cake B.bread C.paper D.leaf(8)A.sing B.dance C.write D.read(9)A.know B.knowing C.knows D.to know(10)A.it B.them C.him D.her(11)A.one B.two C.three D.four(12)A.enough brave B.brave enough C.enough afraid D.afraid enough (13)A.So B.Because C.Or D.But(14)A.does B.do C.did D.will do(15)A.sorry B.afraid C.pleased D.amazed【分析】本文是一个小故事.作者讲述自己六岁时做错了什么.当她爸爸问是谁在台阶上乱涂乱画的,她不敢承认,最后她姐姐子站出来承认自己做的.只有她受到了惩罚.多年以后,作者总是为此感到抱歉.【解答】(1)C 考查动词辨析.A.heard听说;B.invited邀请;C.asked询问;D.checked检查.根据上文I did something wrong when I was six years old.(我六岁时做错了什么.)可知爸爸问:"你们谁做的?"结合句意可知填asked;句意:爸爸问:"你们谁做的?"选C.(2)A 考查be动词.本句是there be句型,be动词形式是就近原则,handwriting (笔迹)是不可数名词,可知be动词使用单数,可知排除B和D(复数);本文讲述过去发生的事情,本文时态主要是一般过去时,可知此句时态是一般过去时,填was;句意:那里有孩子的笔迹.选A.(3)D 考查不定代词.A.everybody每一个人,所有人;B.somebody某人,一般用于肯定句;C.anybody任何人,一般用于否定句和疑问句中;D.nobody没有人,无人.根据上文I was very afraid.(我很害怕.)可知"我希望没人能看见它",句意:我希望没人能看见它.可知选D.(4)D 考查动词辨析.A说谎,原型;B说谎,过去式;C.lay放的过去式;D说谎,过去式;根据When he asked me可知时态是一般过去时,结合语境不是我,可知作者说谎了,故选D.(5)A 考查词义辨析.A.no不,不是;B.yes是的;C.please请;D.sorry对不起.根据上文When he asked me,I lied."Not me,Dad."(当他问我的时候,我撒谎了."不是我,爸爸.")结合句中also(也)可知我姐姐和哥哥也说"不是我".结合句意可知填no;句意:我姐姐和哥哥也说"不是我".选A.(6)A 考查名词辨析.A.step台阶;B.wall墙壁;C.table桌子;D.bed床.根据第2段第2句We all looked down at the step.(我们都低头看着台阶.)可知"在台阶上写的";结合句意可知填step;句意:为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的,爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔,"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来."选A.(7)C 考查名词辨析.A.cake蛋糕;B.bread面包;C.paper纸;D.leaf叶子.结合句意可知填paper;句意:为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的,爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔,"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来."选C.(8)C 句A.sing唱歌;B.dance跳舞;C.write写;D.read阅读.根据上文"为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的,爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔,"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来.""可知"尽力写得不一样."结合句意可知填write;意:我尽力写得不一样.考查动词辨析.选C.(9)D 考查动词辨析.A原型;B现在分词;C第三人称单数;D不定式;根据题干,want to do sth想做某事是固定短语,故选D.(10)B 考查代词.A.it它;B.them他们;C.him他;D.her她.根据句意可知本代词指代our pieces of paper(我们的纸片)复数,故用them指代;句意:他拿起我们的纸片看了看.选B.(11)C 考查数词.A.one一;B.two二;C.three三;D.four四.根据上文My sister and brother also said ___4___.可知我父母有三个孩子;结合句意可知填three;句意:但作为三个孩子中最小的一个,我没有勇气说出真相.选C.(12)B 考查形容词短语辨析.brave勇敢;afraid害怕;根据答案,enough在修饰形容词或副词时,和汉语完全不一样,需放在所修饰的形容词或副词后面排除A、C;根据I wasn't(12)to tell the truth应该是不够勇敢说出实情,故选B.(13)A 考查连词辨析.A.So因此,所以,表示因果关系,并列连词,后面跟结果;B.Because因为,表示因果关系,从属连词,后面跟原因;C.Or或者,表示选择关系;D.But但是,表示转折关系.根据上句"但作为三个孩子中最小的一个,我没有勇气说出真相."和此句句意可知因果关系,前句是原因,后句是结果,可知填So;句意:所以我就站在那里什么也不说.选A.(14)C 考查动词时态.A.does一般现在时,三单形式;B.do一般现在时;C.did一般过去时;D.will do一般将来时.根据语境可知写字是以前写的,可知使用一般过去时;填did;句意:"是我写的."我姐姐站起来回答.选C.(15)A 考查连词辨析.A抱歉;B害怕;C高兴;D另人称奇的;根据语境,But I always felt(15)because of it.可知作者总是为此感到抱歉,故选A.2.It was the golden season.I could see the (16)A leaves falling with the cool wind.For others,it is a harvest season,while for me,it is an annoying season.I was(17)C for the Postgraduate Entrance Examination.But so many unhappy things made me so tired,so I decided to have a walk along the Yanjiang Road in my university."Autumn is a lonely season and life is uninteresting.The days in this season always get me (18)"I thought when the sound of a guitar flowed(流动)into my ears,like a stream flowing from the mountains.A young girl,sitting on the lawn,was lost in playing her guitar.She was a beautiful girl,(19)D when the wind blew her long hair,l had never seen her before.The music was so attractive that I listened quietly.Lost in the music,I did not(20)A that I had been standing for so long.But my existence (存在)did not seem to disturb her.Leaves were still falling.Every day when I passed by the lawn,I saw her playing her guitar.Autumn was(21)A over.One day,when I was listening carefully,the sound suddenly stopped.To my surprise,the girl came over to me."You must like the music,"she said."Yes,you play very well.Why did you stop?"I asked.Suddenly,a(22)C expression appeared on her face."I came here just to have a rest because I failed in the college entrance examination.I felt very disappointed.And it was your listening every day that(23) me,"she said,"and I have to go tomorrow.""In fact,it was your playing that gave me a(24)D autumn and helped me believe that I have the ability to pass the Postgraduate Entrance Examination."I answered,"I think it was God who gave us the(25)C to know each other and we should be good friends."She smiled and I smiled in that beautiful autumn.16.A.yellow B.green C.new D.empty17.A.going B.waiting C.preparing D.caring18.A.across B.down C.away D.out19.A.mainly B.specially C.mostly D.especially20.A.realize B.consider C.remember D.understand21.A.nearly B.hardly C.already D.just22.A.excited B.angry C.sad D.worried23.A.moved B.encouraged C.wondered D.saved24.A.short B.successful C.relaxing D.meaningful25.A.space B.gift C.chance D.luck.【分析】那个秋天我的心情很不好,因为我在准备考研,觉得很累.一天我在学校散步的时候被一个女孩儿的吉他声打动了.我站在那儿静静地欣赏,女孩儿似乎没受到打扰.日后,每当我经过那儿的时候,她都在那儿弹吉他.秋天快要过去的时候,那个女孩告诉我,她考试失败了,但是我的聆听给了她鼓励.我也告诉了她,她的吉他声给我考研带来了信心.在那个秋天,我们成为了朋友.【解答】16:A 考查形容词根据句意"我看见_叶子在寒风中飘落."可知,此处意为"黄色的",故答案为A17:C 考查动词根据句意"我正在_研究生入学考试"可知,此处意为"准备 prepare for",故答案为C18:B 考查动词短语根据句意"秋天是孤独的,生活也很无趣,这些日子让我觉得_"可知,此处意为"沮丧 get down",故答案为B19:D 考查副词根据句意"这个女孩儿很漂亮,_ 当风吹起她的长发的时候"可知,此处意为"特别,尤其"表示进一步的补充说明,故此处应该为especially,答案为D20:A 考查动词根据句意"陶醉在音乐里,我没有_ 我已经站了很久了."可知,此处意为"意识到 realize",答案为A21:A 考查副词根据"She smiled and I smiled in that beautiful autumn"可知,这个时候秋天还没有过去,所以此处应该为nearly,意为"秋天差不多快结束了."答案为A22:C 考查形容词根据"I failed in the college entrance examination.I felt very disappointed"可知,此刻她脸上的表情很悲伤,故答案为C sad23:B 考查动词女孩儿因为没考上大学很伤心,作者每天的聆听给她带来了鼓励,故答案为B encouraged24:D 考查形容词女孩儿的演奏给作者考研带来了信心,所以这个秋天对作者而言是有意义的,meaningful 有意义的,故答案为D25:C 考查名词根据句意"上帝给我们_相识,我们应该成为朋友"可知,此处意为"机会chance",故答案为C3.When I was about 12,I didn't like a girl.I always think I'll never(1)D to her.She liked to point out my shortcomings (缺点).Sometimes she said I was very(2)A.Sometimes she said I was not a good student,I talked too much,I was too proud,and so on.At last,I became very(3).I ran to my father with tears in my eyes.He listened to me quietly,and then he asked. "Are the things she said about you(4)A or not?Janet,didn't you ever wonder(5)D you're really like?Go and make a(6)C of everything she said and(7)the things that are true.Pay(8)A attention to the other things she said."I did as he told me.To my great(9)A,I discovered that about half the things were true.Some of them I couldn't change (like being very thin),but others I could change and suddenly I wanted to change.I brought the list back to Daddy.He(10)C to take it."That's just for you," he said."You know yourself better than(11)else.When something said about you is true,you'll find it will be of(12)D to you.Don't shut your ears.Listen to them all,but hear the truth(13)A do what you think is right."Many years have(14)C.The situation often appears in my mind.In our life we often meet with some(15)A and we often go to someone for help and ask for advice.For some advice you will treasure (珍惜) all your life.(1)A.tell B.chat C.say D.speak(2)A.lazy B.strong C.pretty D.clever(3)A.happy B.angry C.stressed D.tired(4)A.true B.serious C.difficult D.suitable(5)A.why B.where C.who D.what(6)A.money B.silence C.list D.paper(7)A.change B.mark C.receive D.get(8)A.no B.some C.more D.any(9)A.surprise B.joy C.sadness D.horror(10)A.wanted B.expected C.refused D.disliked(11)A.someone B.anyone C.nobody D.anything(12)A.worried B.worry C.helpful D.help(13)A.and B.or C.but D.yet(14)A.pass B.past C.passed D.go(15)A.trouble B.changes C.chances D.success【分析】我12岁的时候,有一个敌人,一个喜欢指出我缺点的女孩.每周她列举的缺点在增加,最后,我变得很生气.我眼里充满泪水跑到我父亲那里述说.父亲却静静地听我,因为他相信大多数是真的.【解答】1.D 动词辨析.A告诉;B聊天;C说;D说话;根据上句不喜欢她,这里I always think I'll never(1)to her将永远不和她说话,speak to sb与某人说话,故答案是D.2.A 形容词辨析.A懒的;B强壮的;C漂亮的;D聪明的;根据前面指出我的缺点,应该是说我很懒,故答案是A.3.B 形容词辨析.A开心的;B生气的;C焦虑不安;心力交瘁;D累的;根据上句指出自己很多缺点,这里At last,I became very最后应该很生气,故答案是B.4.A 形容词辨析.A真的;B严重的;C困难的;D合适的;根据Are the things she said about you(4)or not?结合语境,所有她说的事是真的或不是真的,故答案是A.5.D 疑问词辨析.A为什么;B哪儿;C谁;D什么;根据题干,What is…like?..长什么样?应该是你真的是什么样的?故答案是D.6.C 名词辨析.A钱;B沉默;C清单;D纸;根据后面让写上她说的所有的事,应该是做个清单,故答案是C.7.B 动词辨析.A改变;B记号;C收到;D得到;根据语境,应该是所有对的事标记上,故答案是B.8.A 形容词辨析.A没有;B一些;C更多;D任何;根据上句如果说的是真的,做一个清单,后面Pay(8)attention to the other things she said,应该是别理会她说的其他话,故答案是A.9.A 名词辨析.A惊奇;B乐趣;C伤心;D荣耀;根据后面I discovered that about half the things were true我发现大约一半的事是真的,应该是另作者很惊奇,故答案是A.10.C 动词辨析.A想;B期待;C拒绝;D不喜欢;根据后面That's just for you,"那是给你的,应该是拒绝拿它,故答案是C.11.B 代词辨析.A某人;B任何人;C没有人;D任何事情;根据"You know yourself better than(11)else,没有任何人比你更了解你自己,故答案是B.12.D 形容词辨析.A担心的;B担心;C有帮助的;D帮助;根据When something said about you is true,you'll find it will be of(12)to you.当一些是真的,后面应该是这些对你是有帮助,故答案是D.13.A 连词辨析.A和;B或者;C但是;D也;根据Listen to them all,but hear the truth (13)do what you think is right.所有的都要听,如果自己认为是对的,就要做,并列关系,故答案是A.14.C 动词辨析.A原形;B过去式;D过去分词;D原形;根据have,后面要用过去分词构成现在完成时,很多年过去了,故答案是C.15.A 名词辨析.A麻烦;B改变;C机会;D成功;根据In our life we often meet with some(15)and we often go to someone for help and ask for advice后面说向某人寻求帮助或建议,应该是遇到麻烦时,故答案是A.4.A man once had four sons. They never stopped quarreling (争吵) with one another. He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together, but they didn't(1)him.One day,he called all the(2)D together.He put a bundle(捆)of sticks on the floor in front of (3)C."Can you break that?" he(4)A the youngest son. The boy put his knee (膝盖) on the bundle, he pressed (压) and pulled with his arms but he(5)C break the sticks.The father asked each son in turn to try to break the bundle,(6)A none of them coulddo it.Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the(7)."Now try," he said. The boys broke the sticks(8)D in their hands."Do you see what I mean?" asked the(9)A."If you stand together,no one can hurt you.If you all quarrel, you can't do any(10)D things for your future." This time, the sons listened to their father carefully.(1)A. look at B. listen to C. wait for D. help with(2)A. daughters B. students C. women D. sons(3)A. you B. her C. them D. us(4)A. asked B. said C. talked D. spoke(5)A. could B. must C. couldn't D. mustn't(6)A. but B. or C. and D. so(7)A. books B. sticks C. flowers D. sons(8)A. carefully B. happily C. early D. easily(9)A. father B. mother C. son D. daughter(10)A. boring B. difficult C. expensive D. helpful【分析】文章主要介绍了一个有四个孩子的爸爸通过一捆木棍,讲解了团结就是力量.【解答】1.B 动词辨析.A看;B听;C等;D帮助;根据上句He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together,but they didn't他经常告诉他们,如果他们一起努力工作,生活会很容易,应该是但他们没有听,故答案是B.2.D 名词辨析.A女儿;B学生;C女人;D儿子;根据句意应该是把他儿子喊到一起,故答案是D.3.C 代词辨析.A你;B她;C他们;D我们;根据He put a bundle(捆) of sticks on the floor in front of 结合前面把儿子喊到一起,应该是把一捆木棍放到他们前面,故答案是C.4.A 动词辨析.A问;B说;C谈论;D说;根据前面"Can you break that?" 你们能把木棍折断吗?应该是问,故答案是A.5.C 动词辨析.A能;B必须;C不能;D不必;根据下文,可知he pressed (压)and pulled with his arms but he(5)break the sticks,应该是没有折断,故答案是C.6.A 连词辨析.A但是;B或者;C和;D所以;根据后面none of them could do it没人能折断,表转折关系,故答案是A.7.B 名词辨析.A书;B木棍;C花;D儿子;根据Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the解开绳子,应该是把木棍散在地上,故答案是B.8.D 副词辨析.A小心地;B开心地;C早地;D容易的;根据The boys broke the sticks(3)in their hands,结合上文散开了,应该是很容易就折断了,故答案是D.9.A 名词辨析.A爸爸;B妈妈;C儿子;D女儿;根据Do you see what I mean?"你明白我的意思吗?应该是爸爸问的,故答案是A.10.D 形容词辨析.A无聊的;B困难的;C贵的;D有帮助的;根据If you all quarrel,you can't do any(10)things for your future如果争吵,应该是将来不能做有用的事,故答案是D.5.Food is important.Everyone needs to (1)D well if he or she wants to have a strong body.Our minds also need a kind of food.This kind of food is (2)C.We begin to get knowledge even when we are young.Small children are(3)A in everything around them.They learn(4)D while they are watching and listening.When they are getting older,they begin to(5)D science books,storybooks and anything else they like.When they find something new,they have to ask questions and (6)A to find out the answers. What is the best (7)C to get knowledge?If we learn (8)D ourselves,we will get the most knowledge.If we are (9)getting answers from others and don't ask why,we will never learn more and understand (10)D.So we should believe in the saying that is never too old to learn.(1)A.sleep B.read C.drink D.eat(2)A.sport B.exercise C.knowledge D.meat(3)A.interested B.interesting C.weak D.good(4)A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything(5)A.lend B.write C.learn D.read(6)A.try B.have C.think D.wait(7)A.place B.school C.way D.road(8)A.on B.with C.to D.by(9)A.seldom B.always C.never D.sometimes(10)A.harder B.much C.well D.better【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样,我们的大脑也需要营养,那就是不断地学习知识.人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同,但是最好的学习方式是自学,这样可以保证你学到最多的知识.【解答】(1)D句意:如果想要拥有健壮的身体,每个人都需要吃好.根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体,每个人必须吃好.eat意为"吃",符合句意.故选D.(2)C句意:这种食物是知识.根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young."可推出大脑需要的事物是知识.knowledge意为"知识",符合句意.故选C.(3)A句意:小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣.根据下文"When they find somethingnew,they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers."可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣".be interested in是固定搭配,意为"对……感兴趣",符合句意.故选A.(4)D句意:当他们看和听得时候,他们学习任何东西.根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知当儿童感知周围事物的时候,可以学习任何东西.anything意为"任何东西",符合句意.故选D.(5)D句意:当他们长大些,它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍.根据空后"science books,storybooks"可知此处是说读书.read意为"读",符合句意.故选D.(6)A句意:当他们找到一些新事物,他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案.根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案,"try to do sth."是固定搭配,意为"尝试做某事".故选A.(7)C句意:获取知识的最好方法是什么?根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习,可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法".way意为"方式,方法",符合句意.故选C.(8)D句意:如何我们自学,我们将获得最多知识.根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself,是固定搭配,意为"自学".故选D.(9)B句意:如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么,……根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth.,是固定搭配,意为"总是做某事".故选B.(10)D句意:……,我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好.根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级.better意为"更好",符合句意.故选D.6.We all need a healthy environment,but we produce waste every day and it is (1)to our environment.Though we are young,we can,(2)C do something to help.In fact,even the simplest every day activities can make a real difference to the environment.Here are some ideas for you(3)D a green life.Remember these three words:reduce,(4)A and recycle.Reduce means "use less".Don't waste things.This saves money and reduces pollution and waste going into the environment.(5)we buy something new,think if it is really necessary or maybe the old one will be just as good!When we do buy things,choose local products if possible,and try not to (6)C too many things from abroad.Reuse means "use again".Use things for as long as possible.When we buy things,make sure that they (7)A a long time.We should take care of them so that they will last,and we should repair them if we can(8)D of throwing them away and buying new ones.Don't use a paper cup or a paper bag.It's better to use a china cup and a lunch box because you can use them again.Recycle means "change things into something (9)A".Although it takes energy to change something into something else,it's(10)than throwing things away or burning them.Find out what can be recycled in your neighbourhood and take part in recycling programmes.We should also buy products made from recycled materials,such as recycledpaper,to help save trees.(1)A.helpful B.harmful C.thankful D.careful(2)A.even B.ever C.still D.only(3)A.live B.lives C.lived D.to live(4)A.reuse B.retell C.return D.renew(5)A.After B.Before C.If D.Since(6)A.sell B.borrow C.buy D.lend(7)A.last B.waste C.save D.become(8)A.because B.full C.think D.instead(9)A.else B.old C.big D.small(10)A.worse B.better C.stricter D.funnier【分析】本文介绍了我们在日常生活中如如何做才环保.文中给出了几条建议:1.少用,不要浪费东西;2.再利用,尽可能使用的时间长一些;3.回收,改变成别的东西再利用.因此保护环境,我们应该记住这三个字:"少用,再利用,回收".【解答】(1)B.形容词辨析.A乐于助人的;B有害的;C感恩的;D小心的;根据but we produce waste every day and it is (1)to our environment生产的垃圾,对环境肯定有害,故答案是B.(2)C.副词辨析.A甚至;B曾经;C仍然;D只,仅仅;根据Though we are young,we can,(2)do something to help.虽然我们很年轻,应该是仍然能做一些事帮忙,故答案是C.(3)D.动词辨析.根据句意以下是一些让你过上绿色生活的建议.不定式作后置定语,故答案是D.(4)A.动词辨析.A重新使用;B复述;C返回;D更新;根据下文Reuse means "use again".可知还有reuse,故答案是A.(5)B.连词辨析.A在…之后;B在…之前;C如果;D自从;根据we buy something new,think if it is really necessary or maybe the old one will be just as good!应该是在我们买新东西之前,想想是否真的有必要,或者旧的也一样好!故答案是B.(6)C.动词辨析.A卖;B借;C买;D借;根据try not to (6)too many things from abroad.及语境,应该是不要从国外买太多的东西,故答案是C.(7)A.动词辨析.A持续;B浪费;C节省;D变成;根据上句 Use things for as long as possible.尽可能长时间地使用物品.可和这里是我们买东西时要确认他们能很耐用,故答案是A.(8)D.动词辨析.A因为;B满的;C想;D代替;根据we should repair them if we can (8)of throwing them away and buying new ones.如果可以的话,我们应该把它们修好,而不是扔掉买新的,故答案是D.(9)A.形容词辨析.A别的;B老的;C大的;D小的;根据Recycle means "changethings into something 再循环是指"把一些东西变成另一些东西",故答案是A.(10)B.形容词辨析.A更差的;B更好的;C更严厉的;D更有趣的;根据上句Although it takes energy to change something into something else,虽然回收处理东西会费能量,但至少比扔了它们或者烧了好.故答案是B.7.What does taking a risk mean?It means trying(1)A new challenges even if they make you feel uncomfortable or afraid.One of the greatest(2)D I'd ever taken was playing a role in my high school's play.I had(3)performance experience and I also stuttered(口吃).The experience of performing in front of people made me worried.(4)A did I decide I perform?Because I wanted to(5)C my school theatre program.(6)D the day of the audition(试演),there were also some acting exercises to warm us up.We were(7)into pairs to prepare parts of the play and I felt very (8).After I said some of the lines(台词),(9)C partner said, "I notice you are stuttering.Is that for dramatic effect(效果)(10)A do you really stutter?" "I was speechless.When my (11)C to audition came,my heart was beating fast.Across from me sat the director and his assistants(助手).Needless to say,I was really worried about my performance.I played the role of a man painter(12)A pretended(假装)to be a woman.My partner was playing a businessman who wanted to marry me (the woman).We said our lines. (13)D,I didn't stutter.We went through it several times and finally it was over.I was so tired.The next Monday I was told that the play was(14)A.How excited I was!I had a good time doing the play and it was clear to me that my stuttering couldn't stop me doing what I wanted to do and taking risks(15)the time and effort.I'm glad I made it.(1)A.taking on B.breaking into C.working out D.connecting to (2)A.photos B.suggestions C.notes D.risks(3)A.a little B.little C.much D.many(4)A.Why B.When C.How D.What(5)A.take notice of B.take action to C.take part in D.take care of(6)A.at B.in C.from D.on(7)A.translated B.divided C.changed D.introduced(8)A.angry B.worried C.excited D.happy(9)A.his B.their C.my D.your(10)A.or B.but C.and D.so(11)A.hope B.idea C.turn D.plan(12)A.who B.which C.whose D.where(13)A.Sadly B.Unluckily C.Boringly D.Amazingly(14)A.successful B.successfully C.success D.succeed(15)A.was proud B.was worth C.was busy D.was fun【分析】本文主要讲述的是有关冒险的故事。

[整合]初一英语完形填空专项练习含答案解析(50篇)

[整合]初一英语完形填空专项练习含答案解析(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Life in the 22nd century will be different from life in the 21th century,because many changes will take place in the new century.But what will the changes be?The population(人口)is (41) fast.There will be more and more people in the world and most of them will live (42)A than before.(43)C will be much smaller and more useful,and there will be at least one in every home.And computer studies will be one of the important subjects at (44)D.People will work fewer hours than they did in the 21th century,and they will have more free time for sports,(45)A TV and traveling.Traveling will be more(46) And many more people will go to other countries for holidays.More land will be used for building new towns and houses.Then there will be less room for cows and sheep,so(47)C will be more expensive.Maybe no one will eat it every day,(48)A they eat more vegetables and fruit.Maybe people will be healthier.Work in the future will be (49)D,too.Dangerous and hard work will be done by robots (机器人).(50)C of this,many people will not have enough work to do.This will be a problem.41.A.making B.growing C.running D.doing42.A.longer B.shorter C.faster D.taller43.A.Trains B.Cars C.Computers D.Houses44.A.factory B.hospital C.farm D.school45.A.watching B.seeing C.looking D.buying46.A.interesting B.convenient(方便)C.expensive D.difficult47.A.fruit B.milk C.meat D.bread48.A.instead B.sometimes C.still D.however49.A.dangerous B.difficult C.heavy D.different50.A.One B.Some C.Because D.All.【分析】文章大意:这篇短文主要设想了22世纪人们生活的各个方面,分别从人口、生命长度、教育、工作、旅行、土地使用、饮食方面阐述了与21世纪的不同.【解答】41﹣45:BACDA 46﹣50:BCADC小题41:B 考查动词辨析.making 做;growing 增长;.running 跑;doing做;根据后面There will be more and more people in the world,到22世纪世界上将会有越来越多的人,所以说22世纪人口是快速的增长,故本文的第一个填的是增长的单词growing,故本题选B.小题42:A 考查形容词辨析.longer 更长.shorter 更短.faster 更快.taller更高,根据前面more people in the world and most of them will live随着科技的发展和生活水平的提高,人们将活得比以前的寿命更长,故本文的第二个空填更长的单词longer,故本题选A.小题43:C 考查名词辨析.Trains火车.Cars 汽车.Computers电脑;Houses房子;根据后面And computer studies will be one of the important subjects电脑学习会更有用,这里应该也是电脑会变得更小,更有用,故本文的第三个空填电脑的单词computers,故本文的第三个空选C.小题44:D 考查名词辨析.factory 工厂.hospital 医院.farm农场.school学校;前面面And computer studies will be one of the important subjects电脑学习会更有用应该是电脑在学校也会成为一门重要的学科,故本文的第四个空填学校的单词school,故本文的第四个空选D.小题45:A 考查动词辨析.根据后面TV,表示看电视同时用单词watch,故本文第五个空选A.小题46:B 考查形容词辨析.interesting 有趣的.convenient(方便的).expensive 贵的.difficult困难的;根据后面And many more people will go to other countries for holidays.更多的人去别的国家旅行,可知随着科技的发展,交通会更加方便和便捷,故本句的含义是旅行将更方便,故本文的第六个空填方便的单词convenient,故本文的第六个空选B.小题47:C 考查名词辨析.fruit 水果.milk 牛奶.meat肉.bread面包;本文的第四段有一句there will be less room for cows and sheep,so 7 will be more expensive.意思为许多陆地被建造城镇,养奶牛和绵羊的空间会更少,这样导致的结果是肉的价格会更高,故本题的空格处填肉的单词meat,故本题的空格处选C.小题48:A 考查副词辨析.instead 代替.sometimes 有时.still 仍然.however,虽然;本文第四段的第二行有一句Maybe no one will eat it every day,8 they eat more vegetables and fruit.意思为或许将不能每一天吃到肉,取而代之的是蔬菜和水果.Instead表示代替的意思,故本题的空格处选A.小题49:D 考查形容词辨析.dangerous危险的.difficult 困难的.heavy 重的.different不同的;本文最后一段Dangerous and hard work will be done by robots的意思为未来危险的工作会让机器人去做,所以未来的工作与现在也将与众不同,故本题的空格处填不同的单词different,故本题的空格处选D.小题50:C 考查连词辨析.One 一.Some一些.Because因为.All全部的.析本文的Dangerous and hard work will be done by robots(机器人).(50)of this,many people will not have enough work to do.表示的意思为由于危险的事让机器人去做,很多人将失去工作,这也将成为一个问题,表示原因用because,故本题的空格处选C.2."Put on your seat belt(安全带)!" Everyone gets sick of hearing that. (1) it's good advice.People who wear seat belts are 45 percent less likely to be killed (2)D sitting in the front seat of a car.The US government wants more seat belt laws.It (3)A children aged 4 to 15 are often killed in car accidents.In 2005,there were 1,627 children aged 4 to 15 killed in car accidents.More than 1,000 of those children were not wearing seat belts.If (4)D hadbeen wearing seat belts,500 of those children could be alive today.These children are too (5)to be in baby car seats,but they often sit in the back seat.Seat belt laws in many states only require people in the (6)C seat to wear seat belts.Children who aren't wearing seat belts can be (7)C out of the car.The risk of dying in an accident is three times greater if the person is thrown out of the car.New laws could require children aged 4 to 8 to be in booster seats(加强座椅)in the car.Booster seats help seat belts fit children (8) .Right now,only 5 percent of children aged 4 to 8 are seated in booster seats.While parents have the (9)A of whether to wear seat belts or not,children are too young to make that choice.Even if you decide not to wear a seat belt,make sure your children are in seat belts and safety seats.It's the law and it will (10)D their lives.(1)A.And B.But C.So D.Or(2)A.before B.until C.after D.while(3)A.says B.writes C.sounds D.limits(4)A.he B.she C.we D.they(5)A.young B.old C.small D.little(6)A.left B.right C.front D.back(7)A.got B.taken C.thrown D.gone(8)A.directly B.properly C.equally D.patiently(9)A.choice B.channel C.condition D.confidence(10)A.risk B.kill C.lose D.save【分析】文章通过一些和安全带有关的交通事故,主要是说让孩子佩戴安全带的问题.【解答】(1)B 考查连词。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习及答案解析(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习及答案解析(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.After their ship crashed (1)the rocks,I swam as (2)C as I could.By the time I finally (3) the land under my feet,I was (4)A out.I fell down on the beach and went to sleep.I (5)D as the sun was rising,(6) I found I could not move.My arms,legs and hair were tied (7)A the ground!Then I felt (8)A on my leg.It moved up over my stomach and neck until it was standing near my face.I looked down and (9)C a very small man.The tiny person was the same (10)C as my little finger!Soon more small men started climbing all over me.I shouted at them—the loud noise made them all (11)D over.However,they soon got up again and continued moving (12)A my body.One of these small men began talking to me,but I could not understand (13)A,I did not know what to say (14)C.He tried to pull one hand free and finally managed (15)A the ropes. "I must run away from them, "I thought,but I did not know how to get away.(1)A.on B.against C.in D.to(2)A.careful B.long C.far D.deep(3)A.feel B.felt C.fall D.fell(4)A.tired B.tied C.tried D.tie(5)A.went up B.put up C.turned up D.woke up(6)A.and B.but C.so D.or(7)A.to B.under C.on D.with(8)A.something B.anything C.nothing D.everything(9)A.looked at B.looked C.saw D.watched(10)A.weight B.age C.size D.color(11)A.fell B.to fall C.falling D.fall(12)A.across B.cross C.through D.past(13)A.him B.he C.them D.they(14)A.also B.too C.either D.as well(15)A.to break B.breaking C.break D.broke【分析】文章描述了作者因事故而游到小人岛发生的事。

[整合]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

[整合]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.A wise man was walking from one town to another with a few of his followers, and they happened to pass a lake. So they stopped there to (1)A for a while, and the wise man said to one of his followers, "I am very (2). Could you please (3)A me some water from the lake?"The follower walked to the lake (4)C the wise man requested.Some people were washing clothes in the water,and right at that moment,several carts (手推车)started crossing the lake.(5)D, the water became very muddy(泥泞的).Then he went back and told the wise man that the water was very muddy and not (6)A to drink.After they had rested for about half an hour,the wise man again asked the (7)follower to go back to the lake and get him some water to drink. As requested, the follower went to the lake again. This time he found that all the mud had settled to the (8)C. The water was very (9)and looked fit to drink. So he (10)D his water bottle and took it to the wise man.The wise man took the water bottle and drank, then looked up at the follower. "See what you did (11)the water clean?" he said. "You let it be for a while and the mud settled down on its own,(12)A you could get some clear drinking water. Your mind can also be like that lake when it is (13)C by something. If you just let it be and give it a little time, it will most likely settle down on its own (14)A being put in any effort at all to (15)it."(1)A. rest B. look C. watch D. see(2)A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. sad(3)A. get B. give C. take D. bring(4)A. while B. before C. as D. until(5)A. However B. Instead C. In addition D. As a result(6)A. fit B. able C. important D. interesting(7)A. different B.same C. other D. left(8)A. top B. side C. bottom D. lake(9)A. dirty B. clear C. fresh D. sweet(10)A. got B. finished C. reached D. filled(11)A. making B. to make C. made D. had made(12)A. so that B. in order to C. because D. when(13)A. woken B. left C. disturbed D. given(14)A. without B. with C. after D. like(15)A.prevent B. calm C. protect D. fix【分析】这篇短文借水通过时间沉淀泥沙,自身变得清澈的事实,告诉了我们,思想也能通过时间来平静下来,所以做事不能冲动、着急.【解答】(1)A.考查动词(不定式).四个选项都是动词原形.rest休息;look看;watch.观看,观察;see看见.根据下文"After they had rested for about half an hour"可知,他们休息了大约半小时.故本句是说他们停下来休息一会儿,故选A.(2)B.考查形容词.四个选项都是形容词.hungry饥饿;thirsty口渴;happy高兴;sad 伤心.根据下文"Could you please()me some water from the lake"的意思,智者说他想喝点水,请某学生给他取点湖水喝.因此,本句句意是:我很口渴.故选B.(3)A.考查一般疑问句及情态动词后面跟动词原形.四个选项都是动词原形.get去拿(取);give给予;take带走;bring带来.根据上文"I am very thirsty"的意思,智者口渴得很,故本句是让某学生给他取点水可.故句意是:请给我取点湖水喝.故选A.(4)C.考查连词和状语从句.四个选项都是连词,都可引导状语从句.while而;当…时候;before在……之前;as作为;像……一样;until直到.根据后一句的句意(智者所要求的)可知,它是智者所要求的内容或方式,故为方式状语,故用as引导.句意为:学生按照智者的要求,走到湖边.故选C.(5)D.考查短语as a result.四个短语都可作为状语.however然而;instead相反;In addition另外;as a result结果.根据本句句意(水变浑浊了)和上句(有几辆推车过湖)有因果关系,即前因后果,故选用as a result.句意:结果,湖水边浑浊了.故选D.(6)A.考查形容词及be able to do sth句型.四个选项都是形容词.fit健康的、适合的;able能够;important重要的;interesting有趣的.根据句中的"muddy"说明湖水浑浊了,不适合(不能)喝了.故句意是:于是,他回去,告诉智者说,湖水变浑了,不能喝了.not able to drink不能喝.故选A.(7)B.考查形容词.四个选项都是形容词.different不同的;same相同的;other其他的;left左边的.根据下文"This time he found that all the mud had settled(沉淀) to the(23"可知,这个学生和上次那个是同一人,故选same.the same follower同一个学生.句意:他们休息了约半小时后,智者再次让同一个学生去到湖边为他取点水喝.故选B.(8)C.考查名词.四个选项都是名词.top顶端;side一边、一面;bottom底部;lake 湖.根据句意,应为他发现泥土都沉积到湖底.to the bottom到底部.故选C.(9)B.考查形容词.四个选项都是形容词.dirty脏的;clear清晰;fresh清新;sweet 甜.根据上文"This time he found that all the mud had settled(沉淀) to the bottom"的意思,泥土都沉淀到湖底,当然湖水变清澈了.故本句句意:水变清澈,看起来能喝了.故选B.(10)D.考查一般过去时.四个选项都是动词过去式.got去取、得到;finished完成;reached到达;filled充满.根据后半句"and took it to the wise man"的意思,他把水给智者带来,因此,上半句是说,他把瓶子灌满水.整句句意是:他把瓶子灌满水,给智者带去.故选D.(11)B.考查动词.A现在分词;B不定式;C过去式;D现在完成时.根据上文"Thewise man took the water bottle and drank"的意思,智者接过水瓶就喝起来.因此,这里他问的是:搞明白你为使水变干净而所做的事情了吗?词不定式做目的状语表示具体的将要进行的动作,故选B.(12)A.考查状语从句.四个选项都可引导状语从句.so that因此;in order to 为了;because因为;when当……时.根据前后两句的意思("你在那里等一会儿,泥土自然就沉淀了"和"你就能得到清澈的引用水了"),它们之间有因果关系,即前因后果,故用so that 连接,引导目的状语从句.故选A.(13)C.考查动词.A.woken 唤醒;B.left离开,出发;C.disturbed打搅,打扰;D.given给.根据上文"You let it be for a while and the mud settled down on its own,so that you could get some clear drinking water"的意思,在那里等一会,泥土就沉淀了,你就能得到清澈的引用水了,可知此处指的是思想被某些东西打扰时.句意:你的想法当有时被什么打搅时,也可以像那个湖一样.故选C.(14)A.考查介词.四个选项都是介词.without没有;with和……一起;after在……之后;like像……一样.根据前边从句"it will most likely settle down on its own"的意思,它自然(自己)就沉淀,因此,这里是说,不用进行任何努力.句意:而不用付出任何努力.without being put in any effort at all根本不用付诸任何努力.故选A.(15)B.考查动词(不定式).四个选项都是动词原形.prevent防止;calm使平静(镇静);protect保护;fix修理.根据上文"Your mind can also be like that lake when it is disturbed(被搅乱的)by something"的意思,当思想混乱时,安静一会,就会镇静下来,故选calm.to calm it使它平静下来.故选B.2.Welcome to London.You may visit many interesting(36)C here.The River Thames is a very beautiful river.Many boats and ships come and go (37)A it.Many people from other countries go on boat trips here.One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.Boats (38)D Tower Bridge every half an hour.Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world(39) it is near the Tower of London,Tower Bridge gets its (40)C.You can (41)C across Tower Bridge at any time.Hyde Park is in the center of the(42)D.It's a great city park in the world.It (43)A very beautiful.You can enjoy swimming,boating,bike riding and skating here.London has a lot of museums and some of(44)D are free.It's a good place for you to visit.I'm sure you'll (45) a good time there.36.A.people B.rooms C.places D.animals37.A.on B.with C.at D.for38.A.lie B.clean C.find D.leave39.A.If B.Because C.When D.So40.A.history B.river C.name D.boat41.A.play B.dance C.walk D.work42.A.school B.street C.house D.city43.A.looks B.feels C.tastes D.sees44.A.us B.you C.it D.them45.A.tell B.have C.design D.listen.【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景.泰晤士河很美,上面有来来去去的船.塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一,因为附近的伦敦塔而得名.海德公园也在市中心,是世界上最好的城市公园之一.伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆.【解答】36.C.考查名词辨析. people 人; rooms 房间;places 地方; animals 动物.根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London,可知该句句意是:你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方.因"many" 很多,修饰可数名词复数;"interesting"有趣的,是形容词,可修饰名词,所以该空填名词"places",故选C.37.A.考查介词辨析.on 在……上面;with 和;at 在(时间的某一点);for为,给.题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河,所以可推知该句的意思是:许多船舶在它上面来来去去.因此该空填介词on,故选A.38.D.考查动词辨析.lie 躺;clean 清洁;find 找到;leave离开.根据前一句可知:One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge.可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥.而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船,所以可推知:船每隔半小时发一次,即:船每隔半小时离开塔桥.又因本句是主谓宾结构,主语boats是复数形式,故选D.39.B.考查连词.if 如果,可引导条件状语从句;because 因为,引导原因状语从句;when 什么时候,引导时间状语从句;so因此,引导结果状语从句.根据分句: it is near the Tower of London,句意:它离伦敦塔很近.根据分句: Tower Bridge gets its …句意:塔桥出名.前后两个分句是因果关系,前因后果,所以用because来引导,故选B.40.C.考查名词辨析.history历史;river 河;name 名字;boat船.根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London.因为它离伦敦塔很近.可知所以塔桥出名,又因关键词"its"它的,是形容词性的物主代词,可修饰名词,故选C.41.C.考查动词辨析. play玩; dance 跳舞;walk 步行;work工作.根据题干可知固定短语:walk across步行穿过,又因关键词"can" 是情态动词,后面加动词原形,故选C.42.D.考查名词辨析. school 学校;street 街道;house 房子; city城市.根据后一句:It's a great city park in the world.可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园.所以可推知该句的句意是:海德公园在这个城市的中心.又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词,故选D.43.A.考查感官动词.looks 看; feels 感觉;tastes 尝; sees看到.根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园,可知它看起来非常的漂亮.又因该句是主系表结构,所以可用感官动词做系动词,结合选项,故选A.44.D.考查人称代词.us 我们,宾格形式;you你,你们;it 它;them它们,是宾格形式.根据分句:London has a lot of museums.:伦敦有很多博物馆.可知后面分句的意思是:它们中的一些是免费的.又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式,故选D.45.B.考查动词辨析.tell 告诉;have 有;design 设计;listen听.根据题干可知固定搭配:have a good time 玩的高兴,过得愉快.又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形,故选B.3.Wang Bin is a 12﹣year﹣old boy.He likes sports very much and(36)D well in sports.One afternoon,he comes (37)D the classroom and (38)C his father waiting for him at the school gate.He is very(39)and runs to his father."Dad,please don't wait for me after school next time.I can go home by myself(我自己).On their way (40)A,Wang Bin sees some boys skating in a park."Can I go and learn skating,Dad?"asks Wang Bin."I'm(41)A,my boy.You must go home and do your homework,"answers his father,"but I can buy you an ice cream."Then his father buys an ice cream(42)C him.When Wang Bin wants(43)C it,a fly(苍蝇)flies to the ice﹣cream."Drive off(赶走)the fly,"says his father,"it's very dirty(脏)."But Wang Bin(44)A with a smile,"You don't let me skate,but can you let him(45)for a while(一会儿)?"36.A.did B.doing C.do D.does37.A.out B.at C.in D.out of38.A.to see B.see C.sees D.seeing39.A.glad B.sad C.old D.bright40.A.home B.to home C.school D.to school41.A.sorry B.happy C.OK D.good42.A.to B.with C.for D.of43.A.eat B.eating C.to eat D.eats44.A.says B.speaks C.talks D.tells45.A.skating B.skate C.to skate D.skates【分析】略【解答】DDCBA ACCAB4.In a small village,there lived a potter(陶工).He had a donkey.Every day his donkey would(36)C soil from the field to his house.Since the field was quite far away,the potter would rest under a tree midway,(37)D his donkey nearby.One day,the potter forgot to take the (38)with which he tied the donkey every day.When he reached the tree,he thought,"How do I tie this donkey today?He might (39)A if I sleep." The potter decided to lie down(40) the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away.But(41) this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest.A wise saint(圣人),who (42)D to be passing by,saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears.Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was.When he was (43)what the problem was,the wise saint said, "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day.Pretend(假装) to tie him using a(n)(44)A rope.I promise you that he won't run away." The potter did what the saint had said.He left the donkey and went to take a rest.When he woke up,to his surprise,he found the donkey standing in the(45)C place.Soon the potter prepared to leave for home.(46) the donkey did not move. "What is wrong with this donkey?" shouted the potter in frustration.(47)C,the potter saw the wise saint again.He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's(48)D behavior.The saint said, "You tied up the donkey,but did you untie him?Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey."The potter (49) the saint's advice.Now the donkey was ready to leave for home.The potter understood that donkey was a bonded(被束缚的) donkey.The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey.The donkey is stupid and (50)A are those people who can't get away from old habits.Sometimes,the unseen rope is more confining(束缚的)than the one that can be seen.36.A.take B.buy C.carry D.bring37.A.leading B.training C.feeding D.tying38.A.stick B.rope C.cloth D.silk39.A.run away B.give up C.run out D.turn around40.A.hitting B.holding C.hiding D.helping41.A.by B.in C.on D.with42.A.seemed B.appeared C.meant D.happened43.A.mentioned B.told C.asked D.advised44.A.safe B.soft C.imaginary D.fixed45.A.same B.similar C.special D.wrong46.A.And B.But C.Or D.So47.A.Happily B.Personally C.Luckily D.Unluckily48.A.proper B.funny C.proud D.strange49.A.offered B.followed C.received D.refused50.A.so B.neither C.also D.too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA5.Teenager Jake Deham was skiing with his family in the USA when he fell over and lost one of his skis(滑雪板).His family didn't know that he had a problem.They(36)skiing.When they got to the foot of the mountain,there was no(37)C of Jake.Jake couldn't find his ski(38)A.In the end,he decided to(39)D his other ski and walk down the mountain.But he couldn't work out the right way to go.It was now getting dark and he was a long way from any place of safety.He knew that he might die that night in the(40)C temperatures.But Jake kept(41).At home,Jake watched a lot of TV programmes about living in difficult situations.He remembered the(42)A from these programmes and knew that he should build a hole in the snow.He made a hole and pointed(指向)it up the hill(43)D the wind couldn't blow into it.Outside his hole,the temperature(44)to a dangerous﹣15℃that night,but inside it Jake was safe from the cold.But he had to get down the mountain.The(45)D always said,"If you are lost,you should find someone else's tracks(足迹) through the snow and(46)A them.""I wanted to live my life."remembers Jake."So I got up and I found some ski tracks and I followed those."He walked and walked and finally he saw lights.Nine hours(47)he lost his ski,he found a team of workers who came to save him.He was safe!His mum was very happy when she heard the news.(48)C,Jake didn't even have to go to hospital.He got through the terrible experience(49)any injuries(损伤).So,the next time someone says that watching TV is a waste of time,think of Jake.Sometimes TV can(50)D your life!36.A.moved on B.kept on C.took on D.turned on37.A.body B.name C.sign D.reason38.A.anywhere B.everywhere C.somewhere D.nowhere39.A.put on B.put up C.set up D.take off40.A.warm B.cool C.low D.high41.A.afraid B.calm C.nervous D.worried42.A.advice B.help C.voice D.support43.A.because B.and C.but D.so44.A.felt B.fell C.rose D.stayed45.A.parents B.coach C.teachers D.programmes46.A.follow B.clear C.know D.obey47.A.until B.after C.before D.when48.A.Unluckily B.Finally C.Surprisingly D.Sadly49.A.with B.without C.on D.by50.A.enjoy B.lose C.kill D.save.【分析】本文讲述了一个叫Jake 的青少年在和家人一起滑雪时迷路,然后通过自己知道的知识成功脱险的故事.Jake 因为掉了一只滑雪板,在找滑雪板的时候迷路了.当天黑时还没有找到下山的路后,他当机立断,挖了一个洞,自己在洞里得以度过严寒的夜晚.第二天他沿着滑雪的轨迹找到了下山的路,成功得救.【解答】(36)B.考查动词短语及语境的理解.A.moved on前进;B.kept on继续;C.took on呈现;D.turned on打开.根据His family didn't know that he had a problem.可知,不知道他有出现了问题,所以继续滑雪,故选B.(37)C.考查名词及语境的理解.A.body身体;B.name名字;C.sign,迹象,符号;D.reason原因.句意:当他们到达山顶的时候,没有Jake的踪影.根据 d his ski ____ ____.In the end,he decided to ________ his other ski and walk down the mountain.But he couldn't work out the right way to go.可知,因为Jake的滑雪板丢了一个,所以不能够滑雪下山,没有跟上其他的人.所以其他人到了山下,看不见Jake,故选C.(38)A.考查代词及语境的理解.A.anywhere任何地方;一般用于否定句;B.everywhere每个地方;C.somewhere某个地方;一般用于肯定句.D.nowhere没有地方.句意:Jake到处找不到他的滑雪板.因为是否定句所以用 anywhere,故选A.(39)D.考查动词短语语境的理解.A.put on穿上;B.put up举起;C.set up建立;D.take off脱下,起飞,成功.句意:最后,他决定脱下他的另一只滑雪板,然后步行回家.根据 walk down the mountain.可知,脱下另一只滑雪板,走着下山.故选D.(40)C.考查形容词及语境的理解.A.warm暖和的;B.cool凉爽的;C.low低的;D.high高的.句意:他知道那天晚上在气温很低的情况下他可能会死.根据the temperature ______to a dangerous ﹣15℃ that night,可知,温度很低.故选C.(41)B.考查形容词及语境的理解.A.afraid害怕的;B.calm平静的;C.nervous紧张的;D.worried担心的.句意:但是Jake保持平静的心态.根据He remembered the ______ from these programmes and knew that he should build a hole in the snow.可知,他静下心了来思考如何自救.故选B.(42)A.考查名词及语境的理解.A.advice建议;B.help帮助;C.voice声音;D.support支持.句意:他记起在节目中看到了一些建议,他应该在雪里挖一个洞.根据knew that he should build a hole in the snow.这是节目中给出的建议.故选A.(43)D.考查连词及语境的理解.A.because因为;B.and和;C.but但是,表示前后是转折关系;D.so因此,表示前后是因果关系.句意:他挖了一个洞,洞口向上,因此风就不能吹进去了.这里是因果关系,故选D.(44)B.考查动词及语境的理解.A.felt感觉;B.fell落下,摔倒;C.rose站起来;D.stayed保持,停留.句意:在洞的外面,那天晚上气温降到危险的零下15度.指气温的下降用fall,气温的上升用rise,故选B.(45)D.考查名词及语境的理解.A.parents父母;B.coach教练;C.teachers老师;D.programmes节目.句意:节目说:如果你迷路了,你应该在雪地里找到其他人的踪迹,跟着踪迹走.根据He remembered the ______ from these programmes and knew that he should build a hole in the snow.可知,这里指节目中给出的建议,故选D.(46)A.考查动词及语境的理解.A.follow跟随;B.clear清除;C.know知道;D.obey服从,听从,按照……行动.句意:节目说:如果你迷路了,你应该在雪地里找到其他人的踪迹,跟着踪迹走.根据So I got up and I found some ski tracks and I followed those.可知,跟着雪地里的踪迹走.故选A.(47)B.考查连词及语境的理解.A.until直到……才;B.after在……之后;C.before 在……之前;D.when当……时候.句意:在他丢了滑雪板之后的九个小时,他发现了来救他的一支救援队.根据he found a team of workers who came to save him.可知,指在丢了滑雪板之后.故选B.(48)C.考查副词及语境的理解.A.Unluckily不幸地;B.Finally最后,终于;C.Surprisingly吃惊地;D.Sadly伤心地.句意:令人吃惊地是,Jake 甚至不必去医院.根据didn't even have to go to hospital.可知,令人吃惊的是在那么冷的晚上竟然没有受伤或冻伤.故选C.(49)B.考查介词及语境的理解.A.with有;B.without没有;C.on关于;D.by凭借.句意:他经历了考验并且没有任何的伤害.根据Jake didn't even have to go to hospital.可知,没有必要去医院,所以应该没有受伤.故选B.(50)D.考查动词及语境的理解.A.enjoy喜欢;B.lose失去;C.kill杀死;D.save 挽救.句意:有时电视能够挽救人的生命.这里根据上文可知Jake想起节目中在雪地里自救的建议,而后采纳了节目的建议救了自己.故选D.6.A man once had four sons. They never stopped quarreling (争吵) with one another. He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together, but they didn't(1)him.One day,he called all the(2)D together.He put a bundle(捆)of sticks on the floor in front of (3)C."Can you break that?" he(4)A the youngest son. The boy put his knee (膝盖) on the bundle, he pressed (压) and pulled with his arms but he(5)C break the sticks.The father asked each son in turn to try to break the bundle,(6)A none of them could do it.Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the(7)."Now try," he said. The boys broke the sticks(8)D in their hands."Do you see what I mean?" asked the(9)A."If you stand together,no one can hurt you.If you all quarrel, you can't do any(10)D things for your future." This time, the sons listened to their father carefully.(1)A. look at B. listen to C. wait for D. help with(2)A. daughters B. students C. women D. sons(3)A. you B. her C. them D. us(4)A. asked B. said C. talked D. spoke(5)A. could B. must C. couldn't D. mustn't(6)A. but B. or C. and D. so(7)A. books B. sticks C. flowers D. sons(8)A. carefully B. happily C. early D. easily(9)A. father B. mother C. son D. daughter(10)A. boring B. difficult C. expensive D. helpful【分析】文章主要介绍了一个有四个孩子的爸爸通过一捆木棍,讲解了团结就是力量.【解答】1.B 动词辨析.A看;B听;C等;D帮助;根据上句He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together,but they didn't他经常告诉他们,如果他们一起努力工作,生活会很容易,应该是但他们没有听,故答案是B.2.D 名词辨析.A女儿;B学生;C女人;D儿子;根据句意应该是把他儿子喊到一起,故答案是D.3.C 代词辨析.A你;B她;C他们;D我们;根据He put a bundle(捆) of sticks on the floor in front of 结合前面把儿子喊到一起,应该是把一捆木棍放到他们前面,故答案是C.4.A 动词辨析.A问;B说;C谈论;D说;根据前面"Can you break that?" 你们能把木棍折断吗?应该是问,故答案是A.5.C 动词辨析.A能;B必须;C不能;D不必;根据下文,可知he pressed (压)and pulled with his arms but he(5)break the sticks,应该是没有折断,故答案是C.6.A 连词辨析.A但是;B或者;C和;D所以;根据后面none of them could do it没人能折断,表转折关系,故答案是A.7.B 名词辨析.A书;B木棍;C花;D儿子;根据Then he untied (解开) the string and scattered (散开) the解开绳子,应该是把木棍散在地上,故答案是B.8.D 副词辨析.A小心地;B开心地;C早地;D容易的;根据The boys broke the sticks (3)in their hands,结合上文散开了,应该是很容易就折断了,故答案是D.9.A 名词辨析.A爸爸;B妈妈;C儿子;D女儿;根据Do you see what I mean?"你明白我的意思吗?应该是爸爸问的,故答案是A.10.D 形容词辨析.A无聊的;B困难的;C贵的;D有帮助的;根据If you all quarrel,you can't do any(10)things for your future如果争吵,应该是将来不能做有用的事,故答案是D.7.When a man was walking by some elephants,he suddenly stopped.He couldn't understand about that these(1)A animals were held only by a small rope tied to their front legs.No chains (链条),no cages.It was obvious that the elephants could (2)C their ropes at any time,(3)A for some reason,they did not.He saw a(4) nearby and asked why the animals just stood there and made no attempt (企图) to get away. "Well," the trainer said,"when they were very(5)C and much smaller,we used the(6)A rope to keep them from running away.At that age,it's enough to hold them.As they(7) up,they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope.They believe it can still hold them,so they(8)D try to break free."The man was amazed.These animals could break free(9) they wanted,but because they believed they(10)A,they were stuck (受困的) right where they were.How many of us go through life(11)A the elephants﹣holding onto the belief that we cannot do something (12)A because we failed at it once before?Failure is a(13)A of learning.If we failed once,it doesn't mean we can never (14)D.We should never give up(15)C when we face failures in life.(1)A.huge B.funny C.fat D.short(2)A.hold B.eat C.break D.tie(3)A.but B.so C.and D.because(4)A.helper B.trainer C.walker D.cleaner(5)A.happy B.rich C.young D.old(6)A.same B.different C.soft D.hard(7)A.eat B.grow C.stand D.give(8)A.always B.often C.usually D.never(9)A.whatever B.whenever C.however D.wherever(10)A.couldn't B.mustn't C.can't D.shouldn't(11)A.like B.as C.for D.on(12)A.simply B.really C.totally D.completely(13)A.way B.part C.form D.shape(14)A.expect B.go C.remember D.succeed(15)A.learning B.running C.trying D.travelling【分析】文通过大象和绳子之间的关系来告诉我们一个道理,我们不要因为之前的失败而放弃再次尝试,我们可以从失败中学到某些东西.【解答】(1)A.形容词辨析.A巨大的;B有趣的;C胖的;D短的;根据后面only by a small rope tied to their front legs,应该是不理解为什么这么大的动物一根小绳就把它系住了,故答案是A.(2)C.动词辨析.A握;B吃;C打破;D系;根据was obvious that the elephants could (2)their ropes at any time,及语境,可知很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,故答案是C.(3)A.连词辨析.A但是;B所以;C和;D因为;根据上句很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,这里后面说很多原因,它们没有这么做,表转折关系,故答案是A.(4)B.名词辨析.A助手;B训练者;C行人;D清洁工;根据下文," the trainer said,可知是训练者,故答案是B.(5)C.形容词辨析.A开心的;B富有的;C年轻的;D老的;根据后面much smaller,应该是年幼和更小时,故答案是C.(6)A.形容词辨析.A相同的;B困难的;C软的;D硬的;根据下文they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,应该是相同的绳系住它们,故答案是A.(7)B.动词辨析.A吃;B生长;C站;D给;根据下句they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,可知是长大后如此,故答案是B.(8)D.副词辨析.A总是;B经常;C通常;D从不;根据上句They believe it can still hold them,他们相信它还能拴住他们,所以应该是从未逃走,故答案是D.(9)B.副词辨析.A无论什么;B无论何时;C无论怎样;D无论在哪;根据上文描述,这时These animals could break free(9)they wanted,应该是这些动物只要他们想,随时都可以得到自由,故答案是B.(10)A.动词辨析.A不能;B不必;C不能;D不应该;根据because they believed they 时态是过去时,结合上文描述他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,这里应该是他们相信他们不能,故答案是A.(11)A.介词辨析.A像;B作为;C为;D在…上;根据语境,应该是我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,故答案是A.(12)A.副词辨析.A简单地;B真地;C总共;D完全地;根据上句我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,可知这里坚持认为我们不能做某件事仅仅是因为我们曾经失败过,故答案是A.(13)A.名词辨析.A方法;B部分;C表格;D形状;根据Failure is a(13)of learning 应该是失败是一种学习的方式,故答案是A.(14)D.动词辨析.A期待;B去;C记得;D成功;根据If we failed once,it doesn'tmean we can never 如果我们失败过一次,并不意味着我们永远不会﹣﹣,应该是成功,故答案是D.(15)C.动词辨析.A学习;B跑;C尝试;D旅行;根据后面when we face failures in life面对失败时,应该是不要放弃尝试,故答案是C.8.There was a young woman who took great pride in her flower garden.She was raised by her grandmother who taught her to love and (1)for flowers,so her flower garden was the best.One day,while she was looking through a flower list she often (2)C from,a picture of a plant caught her eyes.She had never(3)A blooms on a flower like that before."I have to have it,she said to herself(4)D,and she quickly ordered it.When it arrived,she already had(5)A prepared to plant it.She planted it at the back of her yard.It grew well,with beautiful green leaves all over it,(6)D there were no blooms.Day after day,she continued to water it,feed it,and she even talked to it trying to make it bloom.However,it was (7).One morning weeks later,when standing before the vine (藤),she felt very(8)C that her plant had not bloomed.She was thinking about (9)it down and planting something else in its place.It was at this point that her neighbor,whose (10)D joined hers,called over to her "Thank you so much!You never know how much I have(11)A the blooms of that vine you planted." The young woman walked (12)A the gate into her neighbor's yard,and sure enough,she saw that on the other side of the wall the vine was (13)C with blooms. There were indeed the most beautiful blooms she had(14)seen.The vine had grown through the crevices (缝隙) and it had not flowered on(15)C side of the wall,but it had flowered on the other side.Sometimes one may not see the good result of his effort,but that doesn't mean it isn't successful.(1)A.look B.care C.search D.pay(2)A.learned B.heard C.ordered D.borrowed(3)A.seen B.smelt C.sold D.picked(4)A.sadly B.carefully C.suddenly D.excitedly(5)A.place B.box C.cup D.room(6)A.and B.so C.or D.but(7)A.endless B.useless C.successful D.hopeful(8)A.excited B.nervous C.sad D.afraid(9)A.putting B.cutting C.turning D.taking(10)A.balcony B.kitchen C.bedroom D.yard(11)A.enjoyed B.dreamed C.expected D.hated(12)A.through B.across C.above D.below(13)A.shared B.talked C.filled D.pleased(14)A.never B.ever C.seldom D.usually(15)A.its B.his C.her D.their【分析】本文通过一个故事告诉我们,做一件事时也许看不见好的结果,但这并不意味着我们没有任何收获.【解答】(1)B.考查动词短语.look for寻找;care for关心、照顾;search for搜索,搜寻;pay for支付.根据本句中的love(爱),与其相关联的单词是care for(照顾).句意:她是被祖母养大的.祖母教她爱花,养花.故选B.(2)C.考查动词短语.句意:当她在仔细翻看一份花卉名录时(她经常据此订货).learn from向…学习,从……获得;hear from收到……的来信;order from从……订货;D.borrow from 从……借到.根据下文"a picture of a plant caught her eyes"一幅花卉的图案吸引了她.这里,她在翻阅一份花卉目录清单(图集),上面登载有很多花卉品种(的插图).她常常根据这份目录订货.所以在这里仔细翻阅、查看这份花卉名录(以便订货).order from从……订货.故选C.(3)A.考查过去分词.A.seen见过B.smelt闻过C.sold 卖过D.picked捡过.此花在画册上(花朵长在植株),显然只能看,不能闻,无法卖,也无法捡.句意:她以前从未见过开这种花朵的花.故选A.(4)D.考查副词.A.sadly难过地 B.carefully仔细地 C.suddenly突然地 D.excitedly 激动地.根据上文"‘I have to have it我必须把它买到手.所以,她很激动地说.句意:她立刻订购了此花.故选D.(5)A.考查名词.A.place 地点B.box 盒子C.cup杯子D.room房间、空间.根据下文"She planted it at the back of her yard"她把它栽种在后院.所以是准备了一个地方.box 和cup不是种花的(只能插花).room作可数名词,当"房间"讲时,在此从语法上看合适,但与下文不符.作"空间"讲时,不合语法.句意:当花送到的时候,她早准备了一个栽种的地方.故选A.(6)D.考查连词.A.and并且B.so 因此C.or或者D.but但是.两个句子是并列句,前一句是开满了漂亮的绿叶,后一句为没有花,两者是转折关系,是对比,令人失望.句意:花树上开满了漂亮的绿叶,但却没有花.故选D.(7)B.考查形容词.A.endless无尽的,无边的;没完没了的B.useless 无用的C.successful 成功的D.hopeful有用的.句子开头的"However"一词,表明一切都毫无用处.句意:然而却没有什么用.故选B.(8)C.考查形容词.A.excited 激动的B.nervous焦虑的;紧张不安的;神经质的C.sad伤心的D.afraid害怕的.根据后半部分"that her plant had not bloomed"她的花没开,所以伤心或失望.当然不可能激动,也不会焦虑不安、神经质,更不会受到惊吓.句意:当她站在树藤前时,她感到非常伤心,因为花还是没开.故选C.。

[精编]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案共50篇

[精编]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Once upon a time,there was a little boy named Rakesh.He studied and lived in a boarding school(寄宿学校).Every night he jumped over the wall and played outside.He(1)returned before dawn(黎明)and lay on his bed again,so no one knew that Rakesh went out at (2)C.One night as usual,Rakesh found everyone asleep.He decided to play outside again.He went into his teacher―Mrs Green's room(3)and saw her sleeping.Then Rakesh walked out towards the wall.Near the wall,there was a ladder in the bushes.He hid it there.He(4)D the ladder and he climbed up it,then jumped over the wall.(5)at that time his teacher was awake and saw him going out.(6)C got up and took away the ladder from the wall.A few hours later,Rakesh returned.In the dark,he tried to climb(7)from the wall.Sadly,there was no ladder.Instead,Mrs Green was standing where the ladder was and waited for him.Rakesh was very(8)A to be punished(处罚),but to his surprise,she just helped Rakesh to get onto the ground,said, "Rakesh,at least(9)C a warm coat with you when you go out at night."Mrs Green's kindness made Rakesh know his own faults.He apologized(道歉)and never went out at night again.It is the(10)lesson that he has ever had.(1)A.never B.always C.seldom D.sometimes(2)A.daytime B.weekends C.night D.noon(3)A.loudly B.quietly C.happily D.quickly(4)A.took care of B.took away C.took a look at D.took out(5)A.And B.But C.So D.Because(6)A.He B.They C.She D.It(7)A.up B.down C.out D.in(8)A.afraid B.glad C.sorry D.surprised(9)A.buy B.bring C.take D.borrow(10)A.worst B.best C.furthest D.smallest【分析】文章主要讲述了有一个叫做Rakesh的男孩住在一所寄宿学校,每天晚上他都翻墙头到外面玩。

〖整合〗初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

〖整合〗初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Avni lived in Springfield,America.Her mother Shalini(1)Avni by herself.When Shalini went to work,Avni had to be sent to a daycare center,where she had a hard time as most of the children took(2)A in laughing at her.Avni hardly spoke with them and developed a habit of talking and laughing to herself.She began to enjoy eating sweets and chocolates.The more she was laughed at,the more she ate them.Soon she gained (3).When she was fourteen years old she was nearly 170 pounds.At college,Avni knew very well that her co﹣students laughed behind her back. (4)A,she didn't really care about it.One day,Avni saw a You Tube video of a popular stand﹣up comedian(单口喜剧演员).She was interested in it very much and she kept watching it(5)C for days.In her graduation year,the college(6)A a stand﹣up comedy competition for the students.Many of her friends tried their best to make the audience (观众)laugh.Just then,to the surprise of everyone,Avni's name was called.Avni shyly walked on the stage and stood in front of everyone.The(7)C moment,she began to speak in a cool voice. "I know every one of you is laughing behind my back for years.Now I have a great chance to make you all laugh (8)D me.Well,that's why I am here.Avni began to use her life's(9)D,to tell jokes.Soon everyone laughed and began to clap(鼓掌)her with encouragement.Finally,when her time was up,everyone(10)C and gave her a big clap.Needless to say,Avni won comfortably.(1)A.taught B.raised C.helped D.left(2)A.pleasure B.advantage C.risk D.care(3)A.energy B.weight C.courage D.strength(4)A.However B.Indeed C.Otherwise D.Moreover(5)A.rapidly B.smoothly C.carefully D.properly(6)anized B.entered C.finished D.supported(7)first B.second C.next st(8)A.about B.except C.instead of D.in front of(9)A.exercises B.successes C.meanings D.experiences(10)A.went out B.came down C.stood up D.turned around【分析】阿夫尼住在美国的斯普林菲尔德,她的母亲沙利尼一个人住在巴夫尼。

[精编]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

[精编]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1."How can I learn English well?""This is a(41)C many students may ask.In my opinion,the most effective(有效的)(42)is to learn lessons by heart.If you can recite the text and write it out,you will learn it pretty well.And if you can tell(43)D your own words about(44)the lesson says,you are a very successful learner indeed.Your English will be quite perfect.This is a difficult task.However,if you try to learn by heart only part of each lesson,you'll find it not so hard(45)D you might have thought.Learn this way,and you will(46)fast progress.Of course,writing is also necessary.It helps you a lot on your way to(47)A in English studies.It's equally(同样的)important to feel the language.You should laugh at English jokes and be (48)A at bad news.When using English,try to(49)your mother tongue(母语).(50)A helping you,your own language gets in your way.So,never try to learn English through putting every word into Chinese.41.A.problem B.puzzle C.question D.challenge42.A.time B.way C.road D.place43.A.with B.by C.of D.in44.A.which B.what C.how D.when45.A.than B.like C.so D.as46.A.do B.make C.learn D.develop47.A.success B.challenge C.difference D.importance48.A.happy B.happily C.sad D.sadly49.A.leave B.forget C.remember D.realize50.A.Instead of B.Instead C.Besides D.Except for.【分析】本文介绍了学好英语的方法.依作者看,最有效的方法就是用心,写作也是很有必要的,语感也同样重要.【解答】(41)C.考查名词.A.problem麻烦B.puzzle迷惑C.question问题D.challenge挑战,根据ask可知是,ask question问问题.表示这是一个许多学生会问的问题,而problem表示棘手的难以解决的麻烦,不合题意.故选 C.(42)B.考查名词.A.time时间B.way方法C.road路D.place地点,根据to learn lessons by heart,可知这指的是一个学习英语的好方法.故选B.(43)D.考查介词.A.with带有B.by被C.of……的D.in 在里面,根据your own words,可知此处表示如果你能用你自己的语言来说出,用介词in.故选D.(44)B.考查副词.A.which哪个 B.what什么 C.how如何 D.when什么时间,分析句子可知空格处引导宾语从句作about的宾语,且从句中缺says的宾语,指说的内容,要用what来引导,故选B.(45)D.考查介词.A.than比B.like像C.so因此D.as作为,根据not so hard,可知考查句型not so…as表示不如…一样,此处表示你会发现它不如你想象中一样难,故选D.(46)B.考查动词.A.do做B.make制作C.learn学习D.develop发展,根据fast progress,可知make progress表示取得进步,此处表示你会取得很快的进步,故选B.(47)A.考查名词.A.success成功B.challenge挑战C.difference不同点D.importance 重要性,根据Of course,writing is also necessary可知此处表示它在你通向英语学习成功的道路上有很大的帮助,故选A.(48)A.考查形容词.A.happy开心的,形容词B.happily开心地,副词C.sad难过的,形容词 D.sadly难过地,副词,根据You should laugh at English jokes你应该对英语笑话发笑,可知此处表示你应该对不好的话感到乐观开心.故选A.(49)B.考查动词.A.leave离开 B.forget忘记 C.remember记得 D.realize 意识到,根据try to learn English through putting every word into Chinese可知此处表示努力地忘记你的母语,故选B.(50)A.考查短语.A.Instead of而不是 B.Instead反而 C.Besides;行为爱 D.Except for除了……以外,根据never try to learn English through putting every word into Chinese可知此处表示你自己的语言会阻碍你而不是帮助你,helping是动名词形式,排除BC.结合句意,故选A.2.Dear Dad,Happy birthday to you! (36)D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way. I am not good at (37)C you my feelings face to face, so I'm writing to show my deep (38) for you.You are not rich or famous. But in my heart, you are one of the greatest (39) in the world.I' m proud(骄傲)of you.You are (40)A interested in fame or wealth(名利).But you often (41)Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork. You work(42) as a manager in your company(公司).The smile on your face shows you are (43)A with our family. You take good care of my grandparents.You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays.Now I am sorry to say I didn't (44)D you my love before, but I am thankful for what you have done for me.I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)C now I can let you know how much I love you.Wish you happiness forever!Yours,son 36. A. In B. At C. By D. On37. A. talking B. saying C. telling D. speaking38. A. pleasure B. love C. dream D. advice39. A. mothers B. fathers C. brothers D. sisters40. A. never B. often C. already D. always41.A. give B. make C. drive D. get42. A. quite B. hard C. only D. nearly43. A. happy B. kind C. sad D. angry44. A. bring B. take C. carry D. show45. A. Or B. But C. So D. Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信,大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈,所以要写信表达.大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一.他的爸爸总是努力地工作.他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意.他照顾爷爷奶奶,帮助大卫学习.大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉.为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢.为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴.【解答】36.D 考查介词及语境的理解.A. in 在……里B. at 在……(时间点,地点)C. By直到,通过(方式)D. On在……上面;在某一天;根据后面this special day特殊的一天,具体某一天.故选D.37.C 考查动名词及语境的理解.A.talking谈论B.saying 说(后面是说的话)C.telling告诉D. speaking讲(语言);根据 I am not good at (37)you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法,告诉想法.故选C.38.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A高兴;B爱;C梦想;D建议;根据前面是爸爸的生日,应该是展示我对你的爱,故选择B.39.B 考查名词及语境的理解.A妈妈;B爸爸;C兄弟;D姐妹;根据上文,David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一,可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪.故选B.40.A 考查副词及语境的理解.A.never从不B.often经常;C.already已经D.always总是;根据上下文可以判断,David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人,可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人.故选A.41.C 考查动词及语境的理解.A给;B使;C开;D得到;根据后面to school,应该是开车送我去上学,故选择C.42.B 考查副词和语境的理解.A非常,相当;B硬,努力;C仅仅;D几乎,差不多;根据前面work工作,应该是努力工作,故选择B.43.A 考查形容词和语境的理解.A开心;B和蔼;C伤心;D生气;根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上,应该是开心的;故选择A.44.D 考查动词及语境的理解.A带来;B拿;C携带;D展示;you my love before,应该是向你展示我的爱,故选择D.45.C 考查连词及语境的理解.A或者;B但是;C所以;D然后;根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father.(45)now I can let you know how much I love you.我很幸运,我有这样一个伟大的父亲.(45)现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你.因果关系,故选择C.3.Dear Joan,How are you?It's very nice of you to write (1)C me.From your letter I(2)D a lot about you and your school.Now (3)A me tell you something about me and my school.I am fourteen years old.I am in Class Two,Grade One at Changjiang Middle School.My father is a(4)A.He teaches (5)C English.My mother is a doctor.I(6)C early every morning and then(7)D English at home.Our school is very big.It has 3,000 students and 250 teachers.(8)C the teachers and the students work hard.After school,I like playing (9)D volleyball with my classmates.Please come and have a look (10)A our school if you have time.Please write to me soon.Millie (1)A.from B.of C.to D.at(2)A.thank B.tell C.talk D.know(3)A.let B.say C.speak D.want(4)A.teacher B.worker C.student D.doctor(5)A.our B.they C.us D.their(6)A.go to bed B.have lessons C.get up D.come here(7)A.look B.see C.watch D.read(8)A.Many B.Some C.All D.Every(9)A.a B.an C.the D. /(10)A.at B.in C.on D.to【分析】本文是Millie写给Joan的一封信,信里介绍了Millie的个人信息,家庭信息及学校信息,【解答】(1)C.考查介词辨析.from从;of……的;to到;at 在.固定搭配:write to sb"给某人写信",故选C.(2)D.考查动词辨析.thank感谢;tell讲述;talk谈论;know知道.根据From your letter I …a lot about you and your school,可知,从你的信里,我知道了一些关于你和你学校的事情,故选D.(3)A.考查动词辨析.let让;say说;speak说;want想要.前文讲述了通过对方的信件,了解了对方学校的信心,那么此处应该表示"让我来介绍告诉你关于我和我学校的事情",故选A.(4)A.考查名词辨析.teacher老师;worker工人;student学生;doctor医生.根据Heteaches …,可知,他是一名老师,故选A.(5)C.考查代词辨析.our我们的,形容词性物主代词;they他们,人称代词主格;us 我们,人称代词宾格;their他们的,形容词性物主代词.teach是动词,后接人称代词宾格作宾语,故选C.(6)C.考查动词短语辨析.go to bed上床睡觉;have lessons上课;get up起床;come here 来这.根据early every morning ,可知,每天早上起床很早,故选C.(7)D.考查动词辨析.look看;see看;watch观察;read阅读.根据English,可知,此空表示"读英语",要用动词read,故选D.(8)C.考查不定代词辨析.Many许多;Some一些;All都;Every每一个.根据the teachers and the students work hard,可知,此处表示所有的老师和学生都很努力工作,此处用不定代词all,故选C.(9)D.考查冠词辨析.a不定冠词,用于以辅音音素开头的单词前;an不定冠词,用于以元音音素开头的单词前;the定冠词.volleyball"排球",球类游戏前不加任何冠词,故选D.(10)A.考查介词辨析.at 在;in在……里;on在……上;to到.固定搭配:have a look at"看一看",故选A.4.阅读下面短文,掌握大意,然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项.Charlie Chaplin′s parents separated a year after his birth in 1889.He lived with his mother and elderbrother in a flat in London.Mrs.Chaplin managed to (1)A her children on her own with the money she made as a singer.(2)C,their economic(经济的) situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis (喉炎)in 1894.Instead of resting her (3)until it got better,Mrs.Chaplin kept on singing.Her voice got weaker and weaker and she began to find it (4) to find well﹣paid work.One evening Charlie happened to be in the theatre (5)D his mother singing on stage.Suddenly,her voice (6).She tried to finish the song,but the audience(观众) began to whistle and got angry.Mrs.Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked (7)the stage crying.The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to (8)the embarrassing situation.He remembered Charlie once sang at a party.He (9)C took Charlie by the hand to the stage.After a brief introduction,he left Charlie to please the audience.Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people.The audience enjoyed the (10)D very much and began to throw money.(11)C Charlie saw this,he immediately stopped singing and announced to the audience that first he would (12)D the money and then he would finish the song.The audience found this announcement especially (13)A and started to throw even more money onto the stage.Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage.He did not feel (14)A at all and danced and sang more songs to the audience.To his amazement,there was more (15)D and more money throwing.That night was Charlie′s first public performance on the stage and his mother's last.(1)A.support B.leave C.ask D.face(2)A.Though B.So C.However D.Besides(3)A.sight B.voice C.smell D.hearing(4)A.easy B.difficult C.interesting D.boring(5)A.feeling B.keeping C.realizing D.watching(6)A.rested B.dropped C.broke D.raised(7)A.onto B.off C.towards D.around( 8)A.create B.save C.continue D.explain(9)A.slowly B.patiently C.quickly D.coldly(10)A.thought B.description C.speech D.performance (11)A.If B.Till C.When D.Before(12)A.take out B.throw away C.put down D.pick up(13)A.funny B.lucky C.helpful D.painful(14)A.shy B.sad C.satisfied D.excited(15)A.trouble B.anger C.silence D.laughter【分析】本文是记叙文,说的是卓别林的首场演出的由来.卓别林的妈妈在舞台上唱歌赚钱养家糊口,但是由于患有喉炎,一次在舞台演出中无法继续唱歌.经理知道卓别林会唱歌.为了救场,他把卓别林拉上舞台.卓别林开始无拘无束地为观众唱歌跳舞,并得到了很多观众抛来的赏金.这就是卓别林的首场演出,也是他妈妈的最后一场演出.【解答】(1)A.考查动词.support 支持;leave 离开;ask询问;face面对.根据语境可知,卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子.故选A.(2)C.考查副词.Though尽管;So因此;However然而;Besides包括.根据上文"Mrs.Chaplin managed to (1)her children on her own with the money she made as a singer"可知,卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子.然而,当她于1894年患喉炎生病时,她们的经济情况改变了.故选C.(3)B.考查名词.sight 视力;voice声音;smell 气味;hearing听力.根据上文"2),their economic(经济的)situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis(喉炎)in1894"可知,然而,当她于1894年患喉炎生病时,她们的经济情况改变了.卓别林太太没有让自己的嗓子休息,而是继续唱歌.故选B.(4)B.考查形容词.easy容易的;difficult困难的;interesting有趣的;boring无聊的.根据语境可知,她的声音越来越微弱,并且她发现难以找到薪酬很好的工作.故选B.(5)D.考查动名词.feeling 感觉;keeping 保持;realizing 意识到;watching观看.根据语境可知,一天晚上,卓别林碰巧在剧院看他妈妈在舞台上唱歌.故选D.(6)B考查动词.rested休息;dropped 跌落;broke打破;raised举起.根据下文"She tried to finish the song,but the audience(观众) began to whistle and got angry"可知,突然,她的声音降落下去.她试图唱完,但是观众开始吹口哨,并发怒.故选B.(7)B.考查介词.onto到……上面;off 离开;towards 朝向;around在……周围.根据语境可知,卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去,于是哭着走下舞台.故选B.(8)B.考查动词.create创造;save 节省(挽救);continue 继续;explain解释.根据上文"Mrs.Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked (7)the stage crying"可知,卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去,于是哭着走下舞台.舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形.故选B.(9)C.考查副词.slowly慢慢地;patiently 耐心地;quickly 迅速地;coldly冷冷地.根据上文"The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to (8)the embarrassing situation"可知,舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形.他迅速地抓着卓别林的手来到舞台.故选C.(10)D.考查名词.thought 想法;Description 描述;speech 演讲;performance表演(演出).根据上文"Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people"可知,卓别林开始在数百名观众前唱歌跳舞.观众非常喜欢他的演出,并开始往场子里扔钱.故选D.(11)C.考查连词.If 如果;Till 直到;When 当……的时候;Before在……之前.根据上文"The audience enjoyed the (10)very much and began to throw money"可知,观众非常喜欢他的演出,并开始往场子里扔钱.当卓别林看到这种场面时,他立刻停止唱歌,并对观众宣布…….故选C.(12)D.考查动词短语.take out 拿出;throw away 扔掉;put down 放下;pick up捡起.根据语境可知,他离开停下来,对观众宣布,他首先要把钱捡起,然后会继续唱完这首歌.故选D.(13)A.考查形容词.funny有趣的;lucky 幸运的;helpful 有帮助的;painful疼痛的.根据语境可知,观众发现这个声明非常有趣,于是开始往舞台上扔更多钱.故选A.(14)A.考查形容词.shy 害羞的;sad伤心的;satisfied 满意的;excited激动的.根据上文"Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage"可知,卓别林在舞台上感觉无拘无束.它根本没有感到害羞,并且为观众又跳又唱了很多.故选A.(15)D考查名词.trouble 麻烦;anger 怒气;silence 沉默;laughter笑声.根据语境可知,使他感到吃惊的是,笑声更多,钱也扔得更多了.故选D.5.When a man was walking by some elephants,he suddenly stopped.He couldn't understand about that these(1)A animals were held only by a small rope tied to their front legs.No chains (链条),no cages.It was obvious that the elephants could (2)C their ropes at any time,(3)A for some reason,they did not.He saw a(4) nearby and asked why the animals just stood there and made no attempt (企图) to get away. "Well," the trainer said,"when they were very(5)C and muchsmaller,we used the(6)A rope to keep them from running away.At that age,it's enough to hold them.As they(7) up,they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope.They believe it can still hold them,so they(8)D try to break free."The man was amazed.These animals could break free(9) they wanted,but because they believed they(10)A,they were stuck (受困的) right where they were.How many of us go through life(11)A the elephants﹣holding onto the belief that we cannot do something (12)A because we failed at it once before?Failure is a(13)A of learning.If we failed once,it doesn't mean we can never (14)D.We should never give up(15)C when we face failures in life.(1)A.huge B.funny C.fat D.short(2)A.hold B.eat C.break D.tie(3)A.but B.so C.and D.because(4)A.helper B.trainer C.walker D.cleaner(5)A.happy B.rich C.young D.old(6)A.same B.different C.soft D.hard(7)A.eat B.grow C.stand D.give(8)A.always B.often C.usually D.never(9)A.whatever B.whenever C.however D.wherever(10)A.couldn't B.mustn't C.can't D.shouldn't(11)A.like B.as C.for D.on(12)A.simply B.really C.totally D.completely(13)A.way B.part C.form D.shape(14)A.expect B.go C.remember D.succeed(15)A.learning B.running C.trying D.travelling【分析】文通过大象和绳子之间的关系来告诉我们一个道理,我们不要因为之前的失败而放弃再次尝试,我们可以从失败中学到某些东西.【解答】(1)A.形容词辨析.A巨大的;B有趣的;C胖的;D短的;根据后面only by a small rope tied to their front legs,应该是不理解为什么这么大的动物一根小绳就把它系住了,故答案是A.(2)C.动词辨析.A握;B吃;C打破;D系;根据was obvious that the elephants could(2)their ropes at any time,及语境,可知很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,故答案是C.(3)A.连词辨析.A但是;B所以;C和;D因为;根据上句很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索,这里后面说很多原因,它们没有这么做,表转折关系,故答案是A.(4)B.名词辨析.A助手;B训练者;C行人;D清洁工;根据下文," the trainer said,可知是训练者,故答案是B.(5)C.形容词辨析.A开心的;B富有的;C年轻的;D老的;根据后面much smaller,应该是年幼和更小时,故答案是C.(6)A.形容词辨析.A相同的;B困难的;C软的;D硬的;根据下文they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,应该是相同的绳系住它们,故答案是A.(7)B.动词辨析.A吃;B生长;C站;D给;根据下句they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,可知是长大后如此,故答案是B.(8)D.副词辨析.A总是;B经常;C通常;D从不;根据上句They believe it can still hold them,他们相信它还能拴住他们,所以应该是从未逃走,故答案是D.(9)B.副词辨析.A无论什么;B无论何时;C无论怎样;D无论在哪;根据上文描述,这时These animals could break free(9)they wanted,应该是这些动物只要他们想,随时都可以得到自由,故答案是B.(10)A.动词辨析.A不能;B不必;C不能;D不应该;根据because they believed they 时态是过去时,结合上文描述他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子,这里应该是他们相信他们不能,故答案是A.(11)A.介词辨析.A像;B作为;C为;D在…上;根据语境,应该是我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,故答案是A.(12)A.副词辨析.A简单地;B真地;C总共;D完全地;根据上句我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生,可知这里坚持认为我们不能做某件事仅仅是因为我们曾经失败过,故答案是A.(13)A.名词辨析.A方法;B部分;C表格;D形状;根据Failure is a(13)of learning 应该是失败是一种学习的方式,故答案是A.(14)D.动词辨析.A期待;B去;C记得;D成功;根据If we failed once,it doesn't mean we can never 如果我们失败过一次,并不意味着我们永远不会﹣﹣,应该是成功,故答案是D.(15)C.动词辨析.A学习;B跑;C尝试;D旅行;根据后面when we face failures in life面对失败时,应该是不要放弃尝试,故答案是C.6.At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food:I used it to kill bad feelings,to make (1)feel better,and to celebrate.Worried about my health,I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do (2)C about my weight.When I was 57,my weight problem began to affect me (3)A.I had spent more time inthe hospital and I (4)C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when (5)!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year,I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the world.A member shared her(6)she had not only lost 125 pounds,but also raised 25,000 for homeless children.I was(7)A by her story,so I created the Better Me,Better World(8)C.My goal was to lose 150 pounds in one year and raise $50,000 for a charity which was (9)C thirty years ago to end hunger.(10)A I began to carry on my project,I was filled with the fear that I would face the same difficulties which made me give up again.To my joy,after two weeks' hard work,there were some encouraging(11)D showing that I was going on the right way:I could sleep much better at night and I could walk farther(12)A the path in the park! (13)D I sent letters to everyone I knew,telling them about my project and how perfectly it worked!Donations began to rush in from many people.Of course,I also(14)A the useful suggestions from my doctor and my fitness coach strictly,and I began to eat small and healthy meals.My money﹣raising focus also gave me new power to exercise regularly.A year later,I (15)C my goal:I lost 150 pounds and raised $50,000!I feel that I've been given a second life to do something that is meaningful and helpful!(1)A.yourself B.myself C.herself D.ourselves(2)A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything(3)A.seriously B.secretly C.carefully D.suddenly(4)A.mustn't B.shouldn't C.couldn't D.needn't(5)A.looked up B.looked down C.looked across D.looked over(6)A.invention B.success C.housework D.accident(7)A.amazed B.worried C.scared D.hurt(8)A.homework B.business C.project D.subject(9)A.discovered B.found C.set D.invented(10)A.When B.If C.Because D.Since(11)A.meanings B.objects C.thoughts D.signs(12)A.along B.across C.past D.under(13)A.Angrily B.Finally C.Luckily D.Excitedly(14)A.followed B.appeared C.suggested D.remembered(15)A.lost B.missed C.reached D.beat【分析】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了作者从前为了消除坏情绪而乱吃东西,导致自己体重超标。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1.Different people like different kinds of food, In my(1), for example,my mother likes fruit and vegetables very much,(2)C she thinks they are healthy food.Every day when she goes to the(3)A, she(4) a lot of cabbages,(5), apples and pears. But my father(6)vegetables. His(7)is meat.He likes many kinds of meat,like mutton,pork and(8)D.My little sister likes to go to the fast food restaurant very much,so she often (9)my parents to take(10)to KFC or McDonalds.I like noodles.They are easy to cook and quite delicious.(1)A. school B. family C. park D. class(2)A. so B. but C. because D. now(3)A. supermarket B. cinema C. school D. hospital(4)A. borrows B. buys C. lends D. has(5)A. beef B. tomatoes C. drinks D. glasses(6)A. likes B. dislikes C. loves D. eats(7)A. like B. favourite C. best D. most(8)A. apples B. juice C. vegetable D. beef(9)A. ask B. asks C. asking D. asked(10)A. she B. her C. they D. them【分析】本文主要讲述的是作者一家人的饮食喜好.妈妈喜欢蔬菜和水果,认为这些东西才是健康的食物;与母亲相反,父亲不喜欢蔬菜,他喜欢吃肉;妹妹喜欢吃快餐,经常光顾肯德基或者麦当劳;作者自己喜欢吃面条.【解答】1.B 考查名词辨析,根据my mother我妈妈,所以此处是在说明自己的家庭情况,A学校,B家庭,C公园,D班级,故选B.2.C 考查连词辨析,根据she thinks they are healthy food认为它们很健康,这是为什么喜欢吃水果和蔬菜的原因,A所以,B但是,C因为,D现在,故选C.3.A 考查名词辨析,根据a lot of cabbages很多卷心菜,所以是去超市买菜,A超市,B剧院,C学校,D医院,故选A.4.B 考查动词辨析,根据a lot of cabbages很多卷心菜,所以是去超市买菜,A借,B买,C借出,D有,故选B.5.B 考查名词辨析,前面提到my mother likes fruit and vegetables very much喜欢水果和蔬菜,所以此处讲的应该是一种蔬菜或水果,A牛肉,B西红柿,C饮料,D玻璃,故选B.6.B 考查动词辨析,根据But my father但是我的父亲…后面提到蔬菜,由此可知是父亲不喜欢蔬菜,A喜欢,B不喜欢,C爱,D吃,故选B.7.B 考查名词辨析,根据He likes many kinds of meat喜欢吃各种肉,所以此处说明的是父亲最喜欢吃肉,A喜欢,动词,B最喜欢的东西,C最好的,D最多的,故选B.8.D 考查名词辨析,根据He likes many kinds of meat喜欢吃各种肉,所以此处提到的是一种肉,A苹果,B果汁,C蔬菜,D牛肉,故选D.9.B 考查动词辨析,根据My little sister likes to go to the fast food restaurant very much喜欢去快餐店吃东西,所以是经常要求父母带她去快餐店,主语为单数,时态一般现在时,谓语动词用三单形式,故选B.10.B 考查代词辨析,根据to KFC or McDonalds去肯德基和麦当劳,所以是要求父母带她去,用宾格代词,A她,主格,B她,宾格,C他们,主格,D他们,宾格,故选B.2."Put on your seat belt(安全带)!" Everyone gets sick of hearing that. (1) it's good advice.People who wear seat belts are 45 percent less likely to be killed (2)D sitting in the front seat of a car.The US government wants more seat belt laws.It (3)A children aged 4 to 15 are often killed in car accidents.In 2005,there were 1,627 children aged 4 to 15 killed in car accidents.More than 1,000 of those children were not wearing seat belts.If (4)D had been wearing seat belts,500 of those children could be alive today.These children are too (5)to be in baby car seats,but they often sit in the back seat.Seat belt laws in many states only require people in the (6)C seat to wear seat belts.Children who aren't wearing seat belts can be (7)C out of the car.The risk of dying in an accident is three times greater if the person is thrown out of the car.New laws could require children aged 4 to 8 to be in booster seats(加强座椅)in the car.Booster seats help seat belts fit children (8) .Right now,only 5 percent of children aged 4 to 8 are seated in booster seats.While parents have the (9)A of whether to wear seat belts or not,children are too young to make that choice.Even if you decide not to wear a seat belt,make sure your children are in seat belts and safety seats.It's the law and it will (10)D their lives.(1)A.And B.But C.So D.Or(2)A.before B.until C.after D.while(3)A.says B.writes C.sounds D.limits(4)A.he B.she C.we D.they(5)A.young B.old C.small D.little(6)A.left B.right C.front D.back(7)A.got B.taken C.thrown D.gone(8)A.directly B.properly C.equally D.patiently(9)A.choice B.channel C.condition D.confidence(10)A.risk B.kill C.lose D.save【分析】文章通过一些和安全带有关的交通事故,主要是说让孩子佩戴安全带的问题.【解答】(1)B 考查连词。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

(1)It was the last lesson before winter holidays. The students looked very ___1____. Their English teacher, Miss Liu, ____2____ happy, too. She __3____ them interesting stories. She sang songs _____4___ them. After that she went to the blackboard and ___5____ “smiles”on it. “This is one of the ____6___ words in English.”She said to the students. All the students laughed, and then one girl stood up and asked, “___7____ is it one of the longest words in English?”Miss Liu said ____8___ for a few seconds. Then she smiled and said, “___9___ there is a mile between(在….之间) the first letter and ____10_____.”
( ) 1 A well B happy C happily D sad
( ) 2 A is B looks C was D look
( ) 3 A said B told C spoke D talked
( ) 4 A with B and C from D in
( ) 5 A wrote B write C writes D to write
( ) 6 A shorter B longer C longest D shortest
( ) 7 A How B Why C Where D Which
( ) 8 A anything B something C nothing D everything
( ) 9 A So B Why C And D Because
( ) 10 A the last B last word C last D a last
(2)All over the world people enjoy taking part in sports. Taking part in sports ____1____ people’s health. Many people like to watch ____2____ play sports games. They buy tickets ____3___turn on their TV sets to sit ____4____ them. Sports _____5___ with the seasons. People play ____6____ games in different seasons. Sometimes they play inside, and sometimes they play outside. We can ____7____ sports here and there. Some sports are rather interesting ____8___ people everywhere like them. Football, for example, is very popular in the world. People ___9_____ different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very ___10____ to each other.
( ) 1 A good for B good at C good D good to
( ) 2 A other B others C the other D the others ( ) 3 A and B but C or D so
( ) 4 A in front B in the front C in the front of D in front of ( ) 5 A change B are C play D start
( ) 6 A same B different C the same D the different ( ) 7 A see B look C find D watch
( ) 8 A so that B but C or D and
( ) 9 A from B to C outside D inside
( ) 10 A friend B friendly C friends D more friendly (3)Our school is on Zhongshan Road. There is a big garden _______ from our school. There isan apartment store ________ our school and the post office. There are ________ buildings in our school, the teaching building, the teachers’building and the library building. The teachers in our school _______ very kind. Our school yard is vey beautiful. If you come _______ our school from the airport, ________ a taxi and go ________ the highway______ you see a bridge. Go across the bridge and ________ left. Then go straight along the Bridge Street until you see a market. Then turn left and go along Zhongshan Road, and our school is ________ the right.
( ) 1 A across B in C on D behind
( ) 2 A in B among C between D or
( ) 3 A two B three C four D five
( ) 4 A am B is C are D /
( ) 5 A from B to C back D up
( ) 6 A have B take C get D borrow
( ) 7 A on B to C along D up
( ) 8 A when B after C until D as
( ) 9 A go B come C take D turn
( ) 10 A in B on C at D of
(4)
A young man went to a town and ____1____ there. He ___2____ a wife, and a servant did the work in his house. The young man liked laughing a lot. He nailed(钉) the servant’s shoes in the floor____3___ Monday. ____4___ the servant put his feet in them, he ____5____. The servant was not angry. On Tuesday the young man ____6__ a cat in the servant’s bed. The servant got into bed and touched the cat____7___ his feet. He was afraid. The young man laughed a lot again. The servant was not angry, but ___8___ with him. Then, on Wednesday, the young man said to his servant, “You are a nice and kind man, and I am not going to be ___9___ to you again.”The servant smiled and said, “And I am not going to put any mud(泥)___10___ your coffee.”
( ) 1 A work B worked C works D working
( ) 2 A didn’t have B hasn’t C had D wasn’t
( ) 3A on B in C to D with
( ) 4 A So B And C When D Because
( ) 5 A angry B laughed C jumped D fell down
( ) 6 A caught B put C moved D got
( ) 7 A with B on C for D in ( ) 8 A talked B said C smiled D laughed ( ) 9 A kind B unkind C friendly D nice ( ) 10 A on B to C in D with。

相关文档
最新文档